Download Lincoln Electric V350-PRO User's Manual
Transcript
View Safety Info View Safety Info AM PS V VO LTS View Safety Info ! ER W PO ! ad nt na Lo ed do um no ng er du t, ci et ips m mag tu ci eli is rem te tin dia e ip ut laore lor ec Lo ed do ad nt t, ns mod et eli er du re co is tu ci lao et eu erat te tin bh m ec od t am ns si y ni ua co ism r iq lo mm al et eu at er do nu num na t am bh m m ni ag su no m r si y iqua ip am lo m al m di lore do umm n na re ed do m nu Lo it, t su no mag el ee ip am re or la rem di lo ed do Lo it, t el ee or la WEL TE D ing sc ipi ad t ut er un tu cid ing te sc tin ec ipi ns od ad t ut co ism un et eu at tuer cid ing am h er te tin sc nib am ec sit ipi y ns od lor m qu co ad t ut ism do umm ali et un ing eu at tuer nnu na sc cid um no am h er te ipi tin ips m mag sit nib am ec ad t ut m dia e lor my qu ns od er un re co ism lor m tu cid Lo ed do do nnuum ali et t, eu at te tin na et um no am h er ec eli re ips m mag nib am ns od sit co ism y lao m dia e lor m quet re lor ing do umm aliam h eu erat Lo ed do sc t, nnu na et um no ipi nib sit eli am re ips ag y ad t ut m mlor m qu lao m er un dia edo umm ali tu cid re lor nnu na te ing Lo ed doum no tin ec t, sc ag et ips m m ns od eli ipi rem ut e co dia ad t ism lor laore ed ing et eu at er un Lo do sc t, am h er tetu cid ipi et eli tin nib am sit re ec ad t ut y ns od lor m lao er un qu ing tu cid co ism do umm ali sc te et eu at nnu na ipi tin um no ec ad t ut am h er ns od ips m mag er un nib am sit co ism m dia e tu cid y et eu at te re lor m qu lor tin Lo ed do do umm ali am h er ec t, nnu na et nib am ns od sit eli um no co ism y re lor m ips m mag quet lao m eu at do umm ali dia e ng er re nnu na am h lor ci um no nib am sit Lo ed do is y t, ips m maglor qu et ip ut eli m dia e do mm ali re re lor nnuum lao Safety Depends on You A TP UT RM IN AL S Return to Master TOC ! ng ci is ip ut Return to Master TOC ! lao F OF RO -P 50 V3 EC TE MO RT RE LE CT VE SE IN G IN RN WA OU LIN C ELOLN EC TR IC W WA ARN IN RN G IN G ing sc ipi ad t ut er un tu cid ing te sc tin ec ipi ns od ad t ut co ism un et eu at tuer cid ing am h er te tin sc nib am ec sit ipi y ns od lor m qu co ad t ut ism do umm ali et un eu at tuer nnu na cid um no am h er te ag tin ips nib sit ec ing m m am m dia e lor my qu sc ns od re ipi co ism lor m Lo ed do do nnuum ali et ad t ut t, eu at na er un et um no am h er eli tu cid re ips m mag nib am sit te y lao m dia e tin ec lor m qu re ing lor ns od do umm ali Lo ed do sc co ism t, nnu na ipi et um no eli et eu at ad t ut re ips ag m m am h er er un lao m e ing tu nib sit dia cid am re te y sc lor tin lor m qu Lo ed do ec ipi t, do umm ali ns od ad t ut et eli nnu na co ism re er un um no et eu at tu cid lao ips m mag am h er ecte tin m dia e re nib am ns od sit lor y Lo ed do lor m qu co ism ing t, et do umm ali et eu at sc eli re nnu na am h ipi er um no ad t ut lao ips m mag sit y nib am er un m dia e lor m qu tu cid re te lor do umm ali tin ec Lo ed do nnu na t, um no ns od et ag eli co ism re ips m m et eu at lao rem dia e lor am h er Lo ed do t, nib sit et eli re A ON Lincoln arc welding and cutting equipment is designed and built with safety in mind. However, your overall safety can be increased by proper installation . . . and thoughtful operation on your part. DO NOT INSTALL, OPERATE OR REPAIR THIS EQUIPMENT WITHOUT READING THIS MANUAL AND THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTAINED THROUGHOUT. And, most importantly, think before you act and be careful. A A T PR VIS TEN EC O D TIO AU E N CIO N ad nt am y ng er du lor m qu ci tu ci do umm ali is te tin nnu na ip ut um no ec ad nt ips m mag ns mod m dia e er du re co is lor tu ci Lo ed do et eu erat te tin t, et eli bh m ec od re t am ns lao si y ni ua co ism r iq lo mm al et eu at er do nu num na t am bh m m ni ag su no m r si y iqua ip am lo m al m di lore do umm n na re ed do m nu Lo it, t su no mag el ee ip am re or la rem di lo ed do Lo it, t el ee or la Copyright © 2000 Lincoln Global Inc. • World's Leader in Welding and Cutting Products • • Sales and Service through Subsidiaries and Distributors Worldwide • Return to Master TOC JULY, 2000 INVERTEC V350-PRO For use with machine code numbers 10651, 10669 View Safety Info SVM152-A Return to Master TOC RETURN TO MAIN INDEX SERVICE MANUAL Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199 U.S.A. TEL: 216.481.8100 FAX: 216.486.1751 WEB SITE: www.lincolnelectric.com Return to Master TOC i i SAFETY WARNING CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm. The Above For Diesel Engines The engine exhaust from this product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm. The Above For Gasoline Engines ARC WELDING CAN BE HAZARDOUS. PROTECT YOURSELF AND OTHERS FROM POSSIBLE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. KEEP CHILDREN AWAY. PACEMAKER WEARERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR DOCTOR BEFORE OPERATING. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Read and understand the following safety highlights. For additional safety information, it is strongly recommended that you purchase a copy of “Safety in Welding & Cutting - ANSI Standard Z49.1” from the American Welding Society, P.O. Box 351040, Miami, Florida 33135 or CSA Standard W117.2-1974. A Free copy of “Arc Welding Safety” booklet E205 is available from the Lincoln Electric Company, 22801 St. Clair Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199. BE SURE THAT ALL INSTALLATION, OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ARE PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED INDIVIDUALS. FOR ENGINE powered equipment. 1.h. To avoid scalding, do not remove the radiator pressure cap when the engine is hot. 1.a. Turn the engine off before troubleshooting and maintenance work unless the maintenance work requires it to be running. ____________________________________________________ 1.b. Operate engines in open, well-ventilated areas or vent the engine exhaust fumes outdoors. ____________________________________________________ 1.c. Do not add the fuel near an open flame welding arc or when the engine is running. Stop the engine and allow it to cool before refueling to prevent spilled fuel from vaporizing on contact with hot engine parts and igniting. Do not spill fuel when filling tank. If fuel is spilled, wipe it up and do not start engine until fumes have been eliminated. ____________________________________________________ 1.d. Keep all equipment safety guards, covers and devices in position and in good repair.Keep hands, hair, clothing and tools away from V-belts, gears, fans and all other moving parts when starting, operating or repairing equipment. ____________________________________________________ 1.e. In some cases it may be necessary to remove safety guards to perform required maintenance. Remove guards only when necessary and replace them when the maintenance requiring their removal is complete. Always use the greatest care when working near moving parts. ___________________________________________________ 1.f. Do not put your hands near the engine fan. Do not attempt to override the governor or idler by pushing on the throttle control rods while the engine is running. ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIELDS may be dangerous 2.a. Electric current flowing through any conductor causes localized Electric and Magnetic Fields (EMF). Welding current creates EMF fields around welding cables and welding machines 2.b. EMF fields may interfere with some pacemakers, and welders having a pacemaker should consult their physician before welding. 2.c. Exposure to EMF fields in welding may have other health effects which are now not known. 2.d. All welders should use the following procedures in order to minimize exposure to EMF fields from the welding circuit: 2.d.1. Route the electrode and work cables together - Secure them with tape when possible. 2.d.2. Never coil the electrode lead around your body. 2.d.3. Do not place your body between the electrode and work cables. If the electrode cable is on your right side, the work cable should also be on your right side. 2.d.4. Connect the work cable to the workpiece as close as possible to the area being welded. ___________________________________________________ 1.g. To prevent accidentally starting gasoline engines while turning the engine or welding generator during maintenance work, disconnect the spark plug wires, distributor cap or magneto wire as appropriate. 2.d.5. Do not work next to welding power source. Mar ‘95 Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC ii ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. ARC RAYS can burn. 3.a. The electrode and work (or ground) circuits are electrically “hot” when the welder is on. Do not touch these “hot” parts with your bare skin or wet clothing. Wear dry, hole-free gloves to insulate hands. 4.a. Use a shield with the proper filter and cover plates to protect your eyes from sparks and the rays of the arc when welding or observing open arc welding. Headshield and filter lens should conform to ANSI Z87. I standards. 3.b. Insulate yourself from work and ground using dry insulation. Make certain the insulation is large enough to cover your full area of physical contact with work and ground. 4.b. Use suitable clothing made from durable flame-resistant material to protect your skin and that of your helpers from the arc rays. In addition to the normal safety precautions, if welding must be performed under electrically hazardous conditions (in damp locations or while wearing wet clothing; on metal structures such as floors, gratings or scaffolds; when in cramped positions such as sitting, kneeling or lying, if there is a high risk of unavoidable or accidental contact with the workpiece or ground) use the following equipment: • Semiautomatic DC Constant Voltage (Wire) Welder. • DC Manual (Stick) Welder. • AC Welder with Reduced Voltage Control. 4.c. Protect other nearby personnel with suitable, non-flammable screening and/or warn them not to watch the arc nor expose themselves to the arc rays or to hot spatter or metal. 3.c. In semiautomatic or automatic wire welding, the electrode, electrode reel, welding head, nozzle or semiautomatic welding gun are also electrically “hot”. 3.d. Always be sure the work cable makes a good electrical connection with the metal being welded. The connection should be as close as possible to the area being welded. 3.e. Ground the work or metal to be welded to a good electrical (earth) ground. 3.f. Maintain the electrode holder, work clamp, welding cable and welding machine in good, safe operating condition. Replace damaged insulation. 3.g. Never dip the electrode in water for cooling. Return to Master TOC ii SAFETY 3.h. Never simultaneously touch electrically “hot” parts of electrode holders connected to two welders because voltage between the two can be the total of the open circuit voltage of both welders. 3.i. When working above floor level, use a safety belt to protect yourself from a fall should you get a shock. 3.j. Also see Items 6.c. and 8. FUMES AND GASES can be dangerous. 5.a. Welding may produce fumes and gases hazardous to health. Avoid breathing these fumes and gases.When welding, keep your head out of the fume. Use enough ventilation and/or exhaust at the arc to keep fumes and gases away from the breathing zone. When welding with electrodes which require special ventilation such as stainless or hard facing (see instructions on container or MSDS) or on lead or cadmium plated steel and other metals or coatings which produce highly toxic fumes, keep exposure as low as possible and below Threshold Limit Values (TLV) using local exhaust or mechanical ventilation. In confined spaces or in some circumstances, outdoors, a respirator may be required. Additional precautions are also required when welding on galvanized steel. 5.b. Do not weld in locations near chlorinated hydrocarbon vapors coming from degreasing, cleaning or spraying operations. The heat and rays of the arc can react with solvent vapors to form phosgene, a highly toxic gas, and other irritating products. 5.c. Shielding gases used for arc welding can displace air and cause injury or death. Always use enough ventilation, especially in confined areas, to insure breathing air is safe. 5.d. Read and understand the manufacturer’s instructions for this equipment and the consumables to be used, including the material safety data sheet (MSDS) and follow your employer’s safety practices. MSDS forms are available from your welding distributor or from the manufacturer. Return to Master TOC 5.e. Also see item 1.b. Mar ‘95 Return to Master TOC iii SAFETY WELDING SPARKS can cause fire or explosion. CYLINDER may explode if damaged. 6.a. Remove fire hazards from the welding area. If this is not possible, cover them to prevent the welding sparks from starting a fire. Remember that welding sparks and hot materials from welding can easily go through small cracks and openings to adjacent areas. Avoid welding near hydraulic lines. Have a fire extinguisher readily available. 6.b. Where compressed gases are to be used at the job site, special precautions should be used to prevent hazardous situations. Refer to “Safety in Welding and Cutting” (ANSI Standard Z49.1) and the operating information for the equipment being used. 7.a. Use only compressed gas cylinders containing the correct shielding gas for the process used and properly operating regulators designed for the gas and pressure used. All hoses, fittings, etc. should be suitable for the application and maintained in good condition. 7.b. Always keep cylinders in an upright position securely chained to an undercarriage or fixed support. 7.c. Cylinders should be located: • Away from areas where they may be struck or subjected to physical damage. Return to Master TOC 6.c. When not welding, make certain no part of the electrode circuit is touching the work or ground. Accidental contact can cause overheating and create a fire hazard. 6.d. Do not heat, cut or weld tanks, drums or containers until the proper steps have been taken to insure that such procedures will not cause flammable or toxic vapors from substances inside. They can cause an explosion even though they have been “cleaned”. For information, purchase “Recommended Safe Practices for the Preparation for Welding and Cutting of Containers and Piping That Have Held Hazardous Substances”, AWS F4.1 from the American Welding Society (see address above). 6.e. Vent hollow castings or containers before heating, cutting or welding. They may explode. 6.f. Sparks and spatter are thrown from the welding arc. Wear oil free protective garments such as leather gloves, heavy shirt, cuffless trousers, high shoes and a cap over your hair. Wear ear plugs when welding out of position or in confined places. Always wear safety glasses with side shields when in a welding area. Return to Master TOC iii 6.g. Connect the work cable to the work as close to the welding area as practical. Work cables connected to the building framework or other locations away from the welding area increase the possibility of the welding current passing through lifting chains, crane cables or other alternate circuits. This can create fire hazards or overheat lifting chains or cables until they fail. 6.h. Also see item 1.c. • A safe distance from arc welding or cutting operations and any other source of heat, sparks, or flame. 7.d. Never allow the electrode, electrode holder or any other electrically “hot” parts to touch a cylinder. 7.e. Keep your head and face away from the cylinder valve outlet when opening the cylinder valve. 7.f. Valve protection caps should always be in place and hand tight except when the cylinder is in use or connected for use. 7.g. Read and follow the instructions on compressed gas cylinders, associated equipment, and CGA publication P-l, “Precautions for Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Cylinders,” available from the Compressed Gas Association 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202. FOR ELECTRICALLY powered equipment. 8.a. Turn off input power using the disconnect switch at the fuse box before working on the equipment. 8.b. Install equipment in accordance with the U.S. National Electrical Code, all local codes and the manufacturer’s recommendations. 8.c. Ground the equipment in accordance with the U.S. National Electrical Code and the manufacturer’s recommendations. Return to Master TOC Mar ‘95 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC iv SAFETY iv PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ 6. Eloigner les matériaux inflammables ou les recouvrir afin de prévenir tout risque d’incendie dû aux étincelles. Pour votre propre protection lire et observer toutes les instructions et les précautions de sûreté specifiques qui parraissent dans ce manuel aussi bien que les précautions de sûreté générales suivantes: 7. Quand on ne soude pas, poser la pince à une endroit isolé de la masse. Un court-circuit accidental peut provoquer un échauffement et un risque d’incendie. Sûreté Pour Soudage A L’Arc 1. Protegez-vous contre la secousse électrique: a. Les circuits à l’électrode et à la piéce sont sous tension quand la machine à souder est en marche. Eviter toujours tout contact entre les parties sous tension et la peau nue ou les vétements mouillés. Porter des gants secs et sans trous pour isoler les mains. b. Faire trés attention de bien s’isoler de la masse quand on soude dans des endroits humides, ou sur un plancher metallique ou des grilles metalliques, principalement dans les positions assis ou couché pour lesquelles une grande partie du corps peut être en contact avec la masse. c. Maintenir le porte-électrode, la pince de masse, le câble de soudage et la machine à souder en bon et sûr état defonctionnement. d.Ne jamais plonger le porte-électrode dans l’eau pour le refroidir. e. Ne jamais toucher simultanément les parties sous tension des porte-électrodes connectés à deux machines à souder parce que la tension entre les deux pinces peut être le total de la tension à vide des deux machines. f. Si on utilise la machine à souder comme une source de courant pour soudage semi-automatique, ces precautions pour le porte-électrode s’applicuent aussi au pistolet de soudage. 2. Dans le cas de travail au dessus du niveau du sol, se protéger contre les chutes dans le cas ou on recoit un choc. Ne jamais enrouler le câble-électrode autour de n’importe quelle partie du corps. 8. S’assurer que la masse est connectée le plus prés possible de la zone de travail qu’il est pratique de le faire. Si on place la masse sur la charpente de la construction ou d’autres endroits éloignés de la zone de travail, on augmente le risque de voir passer le courant de soudage par les chaines de levage, câbles de grue, ou autres circuits. Cela peut provoquer des risques d’incendie ou d’echauffement des chaines et des câbles jusqu’à ce qu’ils se rompent. 9. Assurer une ventilation suffisante dans la zone de soudage. Ceci est particuliérement important pour le soudage de tôles galvanisées plombées, ou cadmiées ou tout autre métal qui produit des fumeés toxiques. 10. Ne pas souder en présence de vapeurs de chlore provenant d’opérations de dégraissage, nettoyage ou pistolage. La chaleur ou les rayons de l’arc peuvent réagir avec les vapeurs du solvant pour produire du phosgéne (gas fortement toxique) ou autres produits irritants. 11. Pour obtenir de plus amples renseignements sur la sûreté, voir le code “Code for safety in welding and cutting” CSA Standard W 117.2-1974. PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ POUR LES MACHINES À SOUDER À TRANSFORMATEUR ET À REDRESSEUR 3. Un coup d’arc peut être plus sévère qu’un coup de soliel, donc: a. Utiliser un bon masque avec un verre filtrant approprié ainsi qu’un verre blanc afin de se protéger les yeux du rayonnement de l’arc et des projections quand on soude ou quand on regarde l’arc. b. Porter des vêtements convenables afin de protéger la peau de soudeur et des aides contre le rayonnement de l‘arc. c. Protéger l’autre personnel travaillant à proximité au soudage à l’aide d’écrans appropriés et non-inflammables. 4. Des gouttes de laitier en fusion sont émises de l’arc de soudage. Se protéger avec des vêtements de protection libres de l’huile, tels que les gants en cuir, chemise épaisse, pantalons sans revers, et chaussures montantes. 1. Relier à la terre le chassis du poste conformement au code de l’électricité et aux recommendations du fabricant. Le dispositif de montage ou la piece à souder doit être branché à une bonne mise à la terre. 2. Autant que possible, I’installation et l’entretien du poste seront effectués par un électricien qualifié. 3. Avant de faires des travaux à l’interieur de poste, la debrancher à l’interrupteur à la boite de fusibles. 4. Garder tous les couvercles et dispositifs de sûreté à leur place. 5. Toujours porter des lunettes de sécurité dans la zone de soudage. Utiliser des lunettes avec écrans lateraux dans les zones où l’on pique le laitier. V350-PRO v v MASTER TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR ALL SECTIONS RETURN TO MAIN INDEX Page Safety.................................................................................................................................................i-iv Installation .............................................................................................................................Section A Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E Troubleshooting and Repair.................................................................................................Section F How to Use Troubleshooting Guide............................................................................................F-2 Troubleshooting Guide ................................................................................................................F-4 Test Procedures ........................................................................................................................F-15 Replacement Procedures .........................................................................................................F-51 Electrical Diagrams ..............................................................................................................Section G Parts Manual ....................................................................................................................P-369 Series V350-PRO Return to Master TOC SectionA-1 Section A-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS - INSTALLATION SECTION Installation Technical Specifications .............................................................................................................A-2 Input Grounding Connections ....................................................................................................A-3 Power Cord Connection .............................................................................................................A-3 Single Phase Input ...............................................................................................................A-3 Three Phase Input ................................................................................................................A-3 Parallel Operation .......................................................................................................................A-3 Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Quick Disconnect Plugs .............................................................................................................A-3 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC A-2 A-2 INSTALLATION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - INVERTEC V350-PRO INPUT AC VOLTAGE & DC OUTPUT Product Ordering Input AC Rated DC Output Name Information Voltage Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle K1728-1 200-230 / 200-230/ Factory 380-415/ 460-480/ Invertec 575 V350- K1728-2 3 Phase PRO Construction 60/50 Hz 60/50 Hz 208-230/ K1728-3 415/ “CE” 460-480/ 575 1 Phase Output Range (continuous) Weight with Cord HxWxD 350A / 34V / 60% Factory 82.5lbs (37.4 kg) 275A / 31V / 100% AMPS 5-425 350A / 34V / 60% Construction 81.5lbs (36.9 kg) 14.7”x12.5”x 27.8”* (373x318x 706*)mm * Includes handles 275A / 31V /100% * Overall Length Including Handle, 27.8” (706mm) without handle. V350-PRO INPUT CURRENT Recommended Fuse Sizes Based On The U.S. National Electrical Code And Maximum Machine Outputs Input 50/60 Hz Output Recommended Voltage Phases 275Amps@ 350Amps@ Line Cord Size Fuse Size Notes 31Volts(100%) 34Volts(60%) 208 1 70 94 2 125A Note 1 230 1 62 85 4 125A Note 1 415 1 38 54 6 80A Note 1 460 1 34 42 8 70A 575 1 27 37 8 50A 200 3 37 50 8 80A Note 1 208 3 36 50 6 80A Note 1 230 3 31 42 8 70A 380 3 21 28 8 50A 400 3 20 27 8 50A 415 3 19 26 8 50A 460 3 17 23 8 50A 575 3 14 18 8 35A 1. When operating on these inputs, the line cord should be changed to an input conductor of 6 AWG or larger. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC OUTPUT CABLES, CONNECTIONS AND LIMITATIONS Select the output cable size based upon the following chart. Cable sizes for Combined Length of Electrode and Work Cable (Copper) 75C rated: DUTY CYCLE CURRENT LENGTH UP 61m (200 FT) 100% 275 1/0 60% 350 1/0 V350-PRO 61-76m (200-250 FT) 1/0 2/0 Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC A-3 A-3 INSTALLATION INSTALLATION Single Phase Input 1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National Electrical Code. 2. Connect black and white leads to power. 3. Wrap red lead with tape to provide 600V insulation. WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. • TURN THE INPUT POWER OFF AT THE DISCONNECT SWITCH BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO CONNECT OR DISCONNECT INPUT POWER LINES, OUTPUT CABLES, OR CONTROL CABLES. • Only qualified personnel should perform this installation. • Connect the green lead of the power cord to ground per U.S. National Electrical Code. -------------------------------------------------------------------INPUT AND GROUNDING CONNECTIONS 1. Only a qualified electrician should connect the Invertec V350-PRO. Installation should be made in accordance with the U.S. National Electrical Code, all local codes and the information detailed below. 2. When received directly from the factory, multiple voltage machines are internally connected for 460VAC. If 460VAC is the desired input, then the machine may be connected to the power system without any setup required inside the machine. 3. Initial 200VAC - 415VAC and 575VAC operation will require an Input voltage panel setup. • Open the access panel on the rear of the machine. • For 200 or 230: Position the large switch to 200230. For higher voltages: Position the large switch to 380-575. • Move the "A" lead to the appropriate terminal. POWER CORD CONNECTION A 10 ft. (3.0m) power cord is provided and wired into the machine. Follow the power cord connection instructions. Incorrect connection may result in equipment damage. Three Phase Input 1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National Electric Code. 2. Connect black, red and white leads to power. Install in accordance with all local and national electric codes. PARALLEL OPERATION The V350-Pro are operable in parallel in CC mode. For best results, the currents of each machine should be reasonably well shared. As an example, with two machines set up in parallel for a 400 amp procedure, each machine should be set to deliver approximately 200 amps, not 300 amps from one and 100 amps from the other. This will minimize nuisance shutdown conditions. In general, more than two machines in parallel will not be effective due to the voltage requirements of procedures in that power range. To set machine outputs, start with output control pots and arc control pots in identical positions. Use the output control pots to balance the currents and maintain the desired voltage or current. The arc control pots should be kept identical on the two machines. QUICK DISCONNECT PLUGS A quick disconnect system is used for the welding cable connections. The welding plug included with the machine is designed to accept a welding cable size of 1/0 to 2/0. 1. Remote 25mm (1 in.) of welding cable insulation. 2. Slide rubber boot onto cable end. The boot end may be trimmed to match the cable diameter. Soap or other lubricant will help to slide the boot over the cable. BOOT WELDING CABLE ! ! cing ut adipis r unt N IO N T N E IO E D UC T T O A A IS C V A RE ! P g t conseuis at tuer laoree tinci erat er ecte ame am sit y nibh cons mod r t euis at mm aliqu erat er dolo umm na ame m nonu am non sit y nibh mag r ipsu mm aliqu m diam re dolo umm na ed dolo m nonu non Lore et mag ipsu elit, re laore m diam ed dolo Lore et elit, laore cing ctetue tincid od adipis ut conse r unt euism at erat amet er ctetue tincid cing nibh m sit od y m adipis ut conse r dolor ummy aliqua unt cing a euism at erat amet er nonum non ctetue tincid ipsum magn sit y nibh m adipis ut od r diam m unt conse Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy a aliqua euism atctetue tincid t nonum non erat amet elit, er od ipsum magn sit nibh m conse y laoree diam m euism at Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy aliqua cing erat er a amet t nibh m elit, sit nonum non y adipis ut ipsum magn m r laoree unt diam dolor ummy aliqua a Lorem ed dolore nonum ctetue tincid cing t ipsum non magn od elit, conse diam adipis ut r laoree ed unt cing euism at Lorem t dolore amet erat er elit, ctetue tincid nibh m sit adipis ut y r od laoree unt m cing dolor ummy aliqua conse a ctetue tincid euism at nonum non adipis ut amet erat er od r ipsum magn sit unt nibh m conse y diam m euism atctetue tincid Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy aliqua amet erat er t a od nibh m sit elit, nonum non conse y ipsum m magn laoree g dolor ummy aliqua euism at diam erat er a amet nibh m sit Lorem ed dolore nonum non iscin y t ipsum magn m elit, ut diam dolor ummy aliqua adip a g laoree Lorem ed dolore nonum dunt t ipsum non elit, magn tuer iscin diam tinci ut laoree ecte Lorem ed dolore adip t mod elit, dunt iscin ut adip g dunt tuer iscin tinci ut ecte adip mod dunt t conseuis at tuer tinci erat er ecte ame am laoree sit y nibh cons mod r t euis at mm aliqu erat er dolo umm na ame m nonu am non sit y nibh mag r ipsu mm aliqu m diam re dolo umm na ed dolo m nonu non Lore et mag ipsu elit, re laore m diam ed dolo Lore et elit, laore dolor ummy aliqua a nonum non ipsum magn diam Lorem ed dolore t elit, Return to Master TOC ! laoree Return to Section TOC cing adipis ut r unt G IN N G R A NIN W R A W cing ctetue tincid od adipis ut conse r unt euism at amet erat er ctetue tincid cing nibh m sit od y m adipis ut conse r dolor ummy aliqua unt a euism at amet erat er nonum non ctetue tincid ipsum magn sit y nibh m cing od diam m conse Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy a aliqua adipis ut euism at r t unt nonum non erat amet elit, er ipsum magn sit nibh m ctetue tincid y laoree diam m cing Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy aliqua conse od a t elit, nonum non adipis ut euism at r ipsum amet erat er magn unt nibh m sit diam cing y ctetue tincid m Lorem ed dolore t dolor ummy aliqua od adipis ut elit, a r conse unt nonum non laoree euism at ipsum magn erat amet er ctetue tincid diam nibh m sit od y Lorem ed dolore conse m t cing dolor ummy aliqua elit, at a amet euism erat er nonum non adipis ut laoree nibh m sit r ipsum unt y magn m diam dolor ummy aliqua ctetue tincid a Lorem ed dolore t od nonum non elit, ipsum conse magn diam euism at laoree erat amet er Lorem ed dolore nibh m sit t y elit, m laoree BLACK GREEN RED WHITE 25 mm TRIM 1 in. A AMP S V VOL TS A OUT LIN PUT CO EL LN EC TR WEL D TER MINA LS IC WARN ING IN REMO TE SEL VE ECT RT EC V 35 0- PR O 3. Slide the copper tube into the brass plug. POWE R ON OFF 4. Insert cable into copper tube. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC A-4 INSTALLATION SET SCREW BRASS PLUG COPPER TUBE 5. Tighten set screw to collapse copper tube. Screw must apply pressure against welding cable. The top of the set screw will be well below the surface of the brass plug after tightening. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC 6. Slide rubber boot over brass plug. The rubber boot must be positioned to completely cover all electrical surfaces after the plug is locked into the receptacle. V350-PRO A-4 Return to Master TOC Section B-1 Section B-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS - OPERATION SECTION Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B Operating Instructions ................................................................................................................B-2 Product Description .............................................................................................................B-2 Duty Cycle ............................................................................................................................B-2 Operational Features and Controls ............................................................................................B-2 Upper Control Panel ...................................................................................................................B-2 Amps Meter..........................................................................................................................B-2 Volt Meter .............................................................................................................................B-2 Return to Master TOC Output Control......................................................................................................................B-2 Weld Terminals .....................................................................................................................B-2 Thermal.................................................................................................................................B-3 Control Remote ....................................................................................................................B-3 Hidden Middle Control Panel .....................................................................................................B-3 Weld Mode Select ................................................................................................................B-3 CC-Stick Soft..................................................................................................................B-3 CC-Stick Crisp................................................................................................................B-3 TIG GTAW .......................................................................................................................B-4 CV-Wire ...........................................................................................................................B-4 CV-Flux Cored ................................................................................................................B-4 Return to Master TOC Hot Start & Arc Control ........................................................................................................B-4 Lower Case Front .......................................................................................................................B-4 CV Modes.............................................................................................................................B-4 TIG Mode .............................................................................................................................B-5 CC-Stick Modes...................................................................................................................B-5 Types of Remote Output Control................................................................................................B-5 Types of Remote Weld Terminal Control ....................................................................................B-5 Design Features and Advantages...............................................................................................B-5 Auxiliary Power ...........................................................................................................................B-6 Limitations...................................................................................................................................B-6 Return to Master TOC Recommended Processes..........................................................................................................B-6 V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC B-2 OPERATION OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OPERATIONAL FEATURES and CONTROLS: WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. • Do not touch electrically live parts or electrode with skin or wet clothing. • Insulate yourself from work and ground. • Always wear dry insulating gloves. -----------------------------------------------------------------------FUMES AND GASES can be dangerous. • Keep your head out of fumes. • Use ventilation or exhaust to remove fumes from breathing zone. ----------------------------------------------------------------------WELDING SPARKS can cause fire or explosion. • Keep flammable material away. • Do not weld on closed containers. -----------------------------------------------------------------------ARC RAYS can burn eyes and skin. • Wear eye, ear and body protection. ------------------------------------------------------------ Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC See additional warning information at front of this operators manual. ----------------------------------------------------------- GENERAL DESCRIPTION PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The Invertec V350-Pro offers multi mode CV and CC DC welding and is rated 350 amps, 34 volts at a 60% duty cycle. The V350-Pro is available in European and Rest of the World (North America and Export) versions. Differences between these versions are input ratings and CE noise filtering. In the different configurations, the V350-Pro is available in either a construction version (no wire feeder connection and auxiliary power) and a factory version (includes wire feeder connection and related power). Return to Master TOC DUTY CYCLE Return to Section TOC B-2 The V350-Pro is rated at 350 amps, 60% duty cycle (based on a 10 minute cycle). It is also rated at 275 amps, 100% duty cycle. UPPER CONTROL PANEL 1. AMPS Meter • Prior to STICK or TIG operation (current flow), the meter displays preset current value (either 2 amps or +/- 3% (e.g. 3 amps on 100), whichever is greater). • Prior to CV operation, the meter displays four dashes indicating non-presetable AMPS. • During welding, this meter displays actual average amps. • After welding, the meter holds the actual current value for 5 seconds. Output adjustment while in the "hold" period results in the "prior to operation" characteristics stated above. The displays blink indicating that the machine is in the "Hold" period. 2. VOLT METER • Prior to CV operation (current flow), the meter displays desired preset voltage value (+/- .5V). • Prior to STICK or TIG operation, the meter displays the Open Circuit Voltage of the Power Source or four dashes if the output has not been turned on. • During welding, this meter displays actual average volts. • After welding, the meter holds the actual voltage value for 5 seconds. The displays blink indicating that the machine is in the "Hold" period. • Output adjustment while in the "hold" period results in the "prior to operation" characteristics stated above. 3. OUTPUT CONTROL • Output control is conducted via a single turn potentiometer. • Adjustment is indicated by the meters as stated above. • When in TIG modes, this control sets the maximum welding current. Full depression of a foot or hand Amptrol results in the preset level of current. 4. WELD TERMINALS-REMOTE , ON • Two status lights indicate the location of trigger control as determined by the "WELD TERMINALS" push button. • If trigger control is local "weld terminals on", the ON display will be lit. • If trigger control is remote "weld terminals remotely controlled", the REMOTE display will be lit. • The unit will power up in "pre-determined preferred" trigger modes. For the Construction version all modes ON. For the Factory version STICK = ON TIG and CV = ON or REMOTE depending if remote output controls are connected to the machine. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC For both the Construction and Factory versions, these trigger modes can be over-ridden (switched) with the WELD TERMINALS push button. When changed, the unit will power up in the configuration it was in when it was last powered down. 7. WELD MODE SELECT The Mode Control button selects the following welding modes desired. CC-STICK SOFT: The Stick Soft process features continuous control ranging from 5 to 425 amps. This mode was intended for most SMAW applications, and Arc Gouging. 5. THERMAL • This status light indicates when the power source has been driven into thermal overload. If the output terminals were "ON", the "ON" light will blink indicating that the output will be turned back on once the unit cools down to an acceptable temperature level. If the unit was operating in the "REMOTE" mode, the trigger will need to be opened before or after the thermal has cleared and closed after the machine has cooled down to an acceptable temperature to establish output. • Arc Gouging: Setting the output of the Stick Soft mode to 425 amps will enable the arc-gouging mode. The actual output current will depend on the size of carbon used. The recommended maximum size carbon is 5/16". • The Hot Start control regulates the starting current at arc initiation. Hot Start can be adjusted from minimum (0), with no additional current added at arc start, to maximum (10), with double the preset current or 425 amps (max of machine) added for the first second after arc initiation. • The Arc Control regulates the Arc Force to adjust the short circuit current. The minimum setting (-10) will produce a "soft" arc and will produce minimal spatter. The maximum setting (+10) will produce a "crisp" arc and will minimize electrode sticking. 6. CONTROL-REMOTE , LOCAL • Two status lights indicate the location of output control as pre-determined by the power sources auto-configure system. • The LOCAL display will be lit when control is at the power source. • The REMOTE display will be lit when a remote pot/control is detected. These Output Control configurations can be overridden (switched) with the CONTROL push button. When changed, the unit will power up in the configuration it was in when it was last powered down. CC-STICK CRISP: The Stick Crisp mode features continuous control from 5 to 425 amps. This mode was intended primarily for pipe welding applications. • The Hot Start control regulates the starting current at arc initiation. Hot Start can adjust starting current up or down by 25% of the preset value. The recommended setting for Hot Start is 5 where the initial current is equal to the preset current. The middle control panel is removable to allow for upgrades (see Field Installed Options/Accessories). Additionally, this panel is hidden by an access door to reduce appeared complexity and provide protection to the controls. Figure B.1 CASEFRONT 1 2 5 A MPS 6 OLTS TS V OL CONTROL CONTR OL 3 WELD TERMINALS REMOTE REMOTE LOCAL REMOTE REMOTE ON OUTPUT SELECT 7 m HOT HO T STAR START CC-STICK SOFT Return to Master TOC 5 4 ARC CONTROL CONTROL 6 -2 8 2 CV-WIRE CV-WIRE SELECT 1 9 0 0 +2 -4 7 3 TIG GT GTAW CV-FLUX CV -FLUX CORED 4 SELECT WELD MODE CC-STICK CRISP Return to Section TOC B-3 OPERATION Hidden Middle Control Panel – Process Set Up Panel Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC B-3 +4 -6 +6 -8 +8 -10 SOFT 10 +10 CRISP 11 12 8 ON OFF OFF OFF 9 OF F OFF 10 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC B-4 OPERATION • The Arc Control regulates the relative Slope of the process. Slope dynamically controls the force the arc has to penetrate an open root. At the minimum setting, Arc Control is very soft and is similar to the Stick Soft mode. At the maximum setting, the slope is reduced, the OCV is reduced, and the operator has full control off the arc force required to penetrate an open root joint. For vertical down, open root pipe welding applications, the recommended setting is between 8 and 10. • During welding, a boost circuit increases the available voltage to minimize pop outs. The boost circuit is independent of the OCV and only operates when an arc is lit. TIG GTAW: The TIG mode features continuous control from 5 to 425 amps. The TIG mode can be run in either the TIG touch start or high frequency assisted start mode. • The Hot Start control selects the starting mode desired. A setting of less than 5, the TIG lift start mode is selected. The OCV is controlled below 10v and the short circuit "TIG touch" current is maintained at 25 amps independent of the preset current. When the tungsten is lifted, an arc is initiated and the output is regulated at the preset value. Hot start settings between 0 and 5 regulate the arc initiation current. A setting of 5 results in the most positive arc initiation. A setting of 0 reduces hot start. • Hot Start settings between 5 and 10, select high frequency assisted starting TIG mode. In this range, the OCV of the machine is controlled between 50 and 70 volts. If using the Lincoln K930-1 TIG Module, set the Hot start to 10 for maximum OCV. • The Arc Control is not used in the TIG mode. CV-WIRE: The CV-WIRE mode features continuous control from 10 to 40 volts. The mode was intended for most GMAW, FCAW, and MCAW applications. • The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-WIRE mode. • The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the minimum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a soft arc. Low pinch settings are preferable for welding with gas mixes containing mostly inert gases. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. High pinch settings are preferable for welding FCAW and GMAW with CO2. B-4 • The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-FLUX CORED mode. • The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the minimum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a soft arc. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. Most selfshielded wires work well at an Arc Control setting of 5. 8. HOT START and ARC CONTROL features have different functions depending on the welding Mode that is active. Each feature is described under the welding mode heading. (See Item 7 for specified Mode Operation) LOWER CASE FRONT The output studs, line switch and remote connector are located on the lower case front. 9. Both STUDS contain "Twist-Mate" connector inserts. • The Negative stud is configured to accept the pass through gas system. 10. The ON-OFF switch is a 3-phase circuit breaker rated at 100 amps per leg. 11. The METER POLARITY switch is located above the output connectors. The switch provides a work connection for wire feeder voltmeters. Place the switch in the position of the electrode polarity indicated by the decal. The switch does not change the welding polarity. 12. 6-PIN AMPENOL for remote control. REMOTE CONTROL of the OUTPUT CONTROL and WELD TERMINALS The Invertec V350-Pro has auto sensing of remote output controls.If after connecting or removing a remote, the Invertec V350-Pro did not configured the way you would like the local or remote control settings can be changed by pushing the OUTPUT CONTROL or WELD TERMINAL button. (A user cannot select between the 6 and 14 pin amphenols.) CV modes • The remote will default to the 14-pin amphenol remote if a remote is connected to either of the 14pin amphenols and the 6-pin amphenol. Note: Only one of the 14-pin amphenols can have a remote control connected at a time. If no remote is connected to either of the 14-pin amphenols then the remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a remote is connected to it. • If a remote control is connected to any of the amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL control will default to ON. CV-FLUX CORED: The CV-FLUX CORED mode features continuous control from 10 to 45 volts. This mode was designed for self-shielded flux cored wires that require tight voltage control. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC B-5 OPERATION TIG mode • The remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a remote control is connected to the 6-pin amphenol and one of the 14-pin amphenols. If a remote is not connected to the 6-pin amphenol then the remote will default to the 14-pin amphenols if a remote is connected to one of the 14-pin amphenols. • If a remote control is connected to any of the amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL control will default to ON. CC-Stick modes • The remote will default to only the 6-pin amphenol if a remote is connected to it. • The WELD TERMINAL control will default to ON with or without a remote connected. Types of Remote OUTPUT CONTROL • The Invertec V350-Pro’s Output Control can be controlled by either a potentiometer connected between 77 & 75 with the wiper connected to 76 or a 0V to 10V DC supply connected between 76 & 75. (76 needs to be positive) • 14-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin G, lead 76 is pin F and lead 77 is pin E. • 6-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin C, lead 76 is pin B and lead 77 is pin A. Potentiometer Control • The total resistance should be between 2000 ohms (2K) and 10,000 ohms (10K) • The machine output will be at minimum when lead 76 (wiper) is at the end of the potentiometer that is connected to 75. The machine’s output will increase as the wiper of the potentiometer is moved to the end that is connected to 77. (Note: In TIG mode, moving the lead 76 (wiper) to lead 77 would produce the current that has been set by the Invertec V350-Pro’s front panel Output Control.) • Remotes of this type offered by Lincoln Electric are the K857, K812 and K870. Voltage Control • The supply should be an isolated supply. (Not referenced to earth ground, any auxiliary power from the Invertec V350-Pro or the welding output) The supply should be capable of supplying at least 20mA. • 0 volts supplied to 76 will set the Invertec V350-Pro to minimum output for the mode that has been selected while 10 volts supplied to 76 will set the Invertec V350-Pro to the maximum output for the mode. (Note: In TIG mode, 10 volts supplied to lead 76 would produce the current that has been B-5 Types of Remote WELD TERMINAL Control • The Invertec V350-Pro’s Weld Terminals can be controlled from each of the amphenol connectors. The circuit has a nominal OCV of 15VDC and requires a dry contact closure (less than 100 ohms) to activate the output of the Invertec V350-Pro. • 14 Pin Amphenols the Weld Terminals are controlled from pins C (lead 2) and pin D (lead 4). Pin C is positive. • 6 Pin Amphenol the Weld Terminals are controlled from pin D (lead 2) and pin E (lead 4). In the 6-pin amphenol pin D is positive. DESIGN FEATURES and ADVANTAGES • Multiple process DC output range: 5 - 425 amps • Pre-settable welding outputs. • Built-in Line Voltage Compensation holds the output constant over +/- 10% input fluctuations. • State of the art inverter technology yields high power efficiency, excellent welding performance, lightweight, and compact design. • Utilizes microprocessor control. • Electronic over current protection. • Input over voltage protection • Manual reconnect switch located on the back panel with a clear reconnect door to allow easy determination of input configuration. The reconnect door is fastened with _-turn connectors that allow quick and easy access to the reconnect area. Circuit breaker protected auxiliary. • System Self Configure. The power source analyzes the remote controls connected to the amphenols and the desired welding mode to properly determine the location of trigger and output control. • Modular options for easy upgrades • Back lit Status Lights for improved error communication • Circuit Breaker Input Switch • F.A.N. (fan as needed). Cooling fan runs only when necessary • Thermostatically protected. • Designed to the IEC 974-1 Standard. • IP23S protection rating with potted PC boards for enhanced ruggedness/reliability. • Modular construction for easy servicing. • Aluminum Chassis and Wraparound • 10 Ft. Power Cord included. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC B-6 OPERATION Auxiliary Power • 115VAC, 42VAC and 24VAC power is available from the two 14-pin amphenols on the rear of the unit. (K1728-2 Construction model of the Invertec V350-Pro does not have the amphenols) These supplies are intended to supply power for auxiliary equipment like wire feeders and the TIG Module. • 115VAC supply is rated at 2 amps and is protected by a 2.5 amp breaker located by the amphenol. • 42 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protected by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol. • 24 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protected by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol. Limitations • The V350-Pro is not recommended for processes other than those listed. • The V350-Pro can only be used with the recommended equipment and options. Recommended Processes Properly equipped, the Invertec V350-Pro supports GMAW, FCAW, SMAW, GTAW and CAC-A processes for a variety of materials, including mild steel, stainless steel, cored wires, and aluminum. V350-PRO B-6 Return to Master TOC C-1 C-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS - ACCESSORIES SECTION Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C Connection of Lincoln Electric Wire Feeders..............................................................C-2 Thru C-9 V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K441-1 Remote.......................................................C-2 V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K857 Remote ..........................................................C-3 LN-25 with K431 Remote Option.........................................................................................C-4 V350-PRO/LN-25 with K867 Adapter ..................................................................................C-5 V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable ..........................................................................C-6 V350-PRO/LN-7 with K867 Adapter ....................................................................................C-7 V350-PRO/LN-10 with K1505 Control Cable ......................................................................C-9 Cobramatic & Tig......................................................................................................................C-10 Options Accessories.................................................................................................................C-10 Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC V350-PRO/LN-742 ...............................................................................................................C-8 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC C-2 C-2 ACCESSORIES CONNECTION OF LINCOLN ELECTRIC WIRE FEEDERS CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE V350-PRO “ACROSS THE ARC” WITH OPTIONAL 6 PIN K441-1 REMOTE CONTROL. 4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity chosen. 5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”. 6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position. 7. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON” CAUTION Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable must be sized for current and duty cycle of the application. 3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box to the work using the spring clip on the end of the lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no welding current. position. If you are using an LN-25 without an internal contactor, the electrode will be “HOT” when the V350PRO is energized. 8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and then adjust to suit. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Figure C.1 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM 6 pin Amphenol Optional K444-1 Remote Control + LN-25 Wire Feeder - Work Clip Lead To Work To Work Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Electrode Cable NOTE: Illustation shows electrode connected for negative polarity. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC C-3 C-3 ACCESSORIES CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE V350-PRO “ACROSS THE ARC” WITH OPTIONAL 6 PIN K857 REMOTE CONTROL. 5. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity chosen. 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 7. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position. 2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable must be sized for current and duty cycle of the application. 8. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON” 3. Connect the K857 remote control to the 6-pin amphenol on the V350-PRO. If you are using an LN-25 without an internal contactor, the electrode will be “HOT” when the V350PRO is energized. 4. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box to the work using the spring clip on the end of the lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no welding current. 6. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”. CAUTION position. 9. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and then adjust to suit. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Figure C.2 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM WITH K857 REMOTE CONTROL K857 Remote Control 6 pin Amphenol + LN-25 Wire Feeder - Work Clip Lead To Work To Work Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Electrode Cable NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for negative polarity. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC C-4 C-4 ACCESSORIES CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 WITH K431 REMOTE OPTION TO THE V350-PRO. NOTE: AN LN-25 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FACTORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. 6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position. 7. Set “WELD TERMINALS “REMOTE” position. SELECT” to 8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and then adjust to suit. 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable must be sized for current and duty cycle of the application. 3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box to the work using the spring clip on the end of the lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no welding current. 9. Connect the K432 remote control cable to the LN25. 10. Connect the K876 adapter to the K432 and to the 24/42VAC 14-pin amphenol located at the rear of the V350-PRO. 11. Adjust the wire feed speed and voltage at the LN25. 4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity chosen. NOTE: See Figure C.4 for connection Using K867 adapter. 5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”. Figure C.3 LN-25 with K431 Remote Option to the V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC ELECTRODE CABLE TO LN-25 TO WORK 14 PIN (24/42VAC) AMPHENOL 6 PIN AMPHENOL LN-25 WITH K431 OPTION + K876 ADAPTER K432 REMOTE CONTROL CABLE INVERTEC POWER SOURCE Return to Master TOC NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for positive polarity. Return to Section TOC the V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC C-5 C-5 ACCESSORIES CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER FOR USE WITH LN-25 WITH K431 OPTION/V350-PRO. 1. Insulate each unused lead individually. 2. Remove 6 pin plug from K432 cable in order to connect K867 adapter. 3. Label each lead (A thru F) as they are removed from the 6 pin plug. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 4. Splice leads and insulate. Figure C.4 Connection of LN-25 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter. 21 82 81 42 ELECTRODE CABLE TO LN-25 TO WORK 14 PIN (24/42VAC) 31 32 Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC K867 ADAPTER LN-25 WITH K431 OPTION GND AMPHENOL + 1 41 2 E 4 F SPARE D 75 A 76 B 77 C INVERTEC 4 POWER SOURCE V350-PRO K432 REMOTE CONTROL CABLE Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC C-6 C-6 ACCESSORIES CONNECTION OF THE LN-7 TO THE V350PRO USING K480 CONTROL CABLE (SEE FIGURE C.5) 3. Connect the input cable from the K480 control cable to the (115VAC) 14 pin amphenol on the V350-PRO and the input cable plug on the LN-7. NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FACTORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. IF YOUR LN-7 COMES EQUIPPED WITH A K291 OR K404 INPUT CABLE, REFER TO THE CONNECTION OF THE LN-7 USING K867 UNIVERSAL ADAPTER. 4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-” depending on the polarity chosen. 5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”. 6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position. 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 2. Connect the electrode cable from the K480 control cable to the “+” terminal of the welder and to the LN-7 wire feeder. Connect the work cable to the “-” terminal of the welder. NOTE: Figure C.5 shows the electrode connected for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the welder off and reverse the electrode and work cables at the output terminals. 7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the “REMOTE” position. 8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-7 and adjust the welding voltage with the optional remote control if used. 9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust to suit. NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current and duty cycle of application. Figure C.5 V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable Connection Diagram Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC TO LN-7 INPUT 14 PIN AMPHENOL (115VAC) AT REAR OF MACHINE CABLE PLUG OPTIONAL K857 REMOTE CONTROL - + K480 CONTROL CABLE 6 PIN AMPHENOL ELECTRODE CABLE TO WIRE FEED UNIT TO WORK V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC C-7 C-7 ACCESSORIES CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER FOR USE WITH THE K291 OR K404 INPUT CABLES AND LN-7. 1. Insulate each unused lead individually. 2. Splice leads and insulate. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Figure C.6 Connection of LN-7 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter. SPARE 82 ELECTRODE CABLE TO LN-7 TO WORK 81 14 PIN(115VAC) AMPHENOL + INVERTEC POWER SOURCE K867 UNIVERSAL ADAPTER PLUG BOX 42 41 31 31 32 32 2 2 4 4 21 21 GND GND 75 75 76 76 77 77 GREEN Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC 2 Return to Section TOC LN-7 CONTROL 1 V350-PRO K291 OR K404 INPUT CABLE K775 OPTIONAL REMOTE CONTROL Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC C-8 ACCESSORIES CONNECTION OF THE LN-742 TO THE V350-PRO (SEE FIGURE C.7) NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FACTORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC 4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-” depending on the polarity chosen. 5. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.. 2. Connect the electrode cable from the LN-742 to the “+” terminal of the welder. Connect the work cable to the “-” terminal of the welder. NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current and duty cycle of application. 6. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “LOCAL”. 7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the “REMOTE” position. 8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-742. 9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust to suit. Figure C.7 V350-PRO/LN-742 Connection Diagram TO LN-742 INPUT 14 PIN AMPHENOL (24/42VAC) AT REAR OF MACHINE Return to Section TOC 3. Connect the K591 control cable to the 24/42VAC 14 pin amphenol on the back of the V350-PRO and the input cable plug on the LN-742. 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. NOTE: Figure C.7 shows the electrode connected for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the welder off and reverse the electrode and work cables at the output terminals. Return to Section TOC C-8 CABLE PLUG + - K591 CONTROL CABLE ELECTRODE CABLE TO WIRE FEED UNIT TO WORK V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC C-9 ACCESSORIES CONNECTION OF THE LN-10 TO THE V350PRO USING THE K1505 CONTROL CABLE. NOTE: AN LN-10 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FACTORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Connect the K1505 control cable from the LN-10 to the Invertec 24/42VAC 14 pin amphenol connecter on the rear of the V350-PRO. Return to Master TOC 3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the work lead to the other terminal. Return to Section TOC C-9 4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the V350-PRO to coincide with wire feeder polarity used. 5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”. 8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “0” position and then adjust to suit. 9. Set wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-10. NOTE: The voltage set point displayed on the V350-PRO should be ignored when operating in the remote control mode with the LN-10. 10. See the LN-10 manual for details on accessing the control DIP switch. 11. The control DIP switch inside the LN-10 should be set as shown below for operation with the V350Pro. Power Sources ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 S1 S1 6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.. 7. Set the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “REMOTE” position. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Figure C.8 LN-10 V350-PRO TO LN-10 14 PIN AMPHENOL (24/42VAC) AT REAR OF MACHINE + - K1505 TO WORK Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC ELECTRODE CABLE TO LN-10 V350-PRO C-10 C-10 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC ACCESSORIES OPTIONS / ACCESSORIES Cobramatic Connection Instructions A Cobramatic can only be used with a Factory or "CE" version of the V350 Construction Version – K1728-2 1. Turn the Invertec power switch "off" 2. Connect the control cable from the Cobramatic to the 24/42 VAC 14-pin wire feeder amphenol on the rear of the Invertec. 3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal of the polarity required by electrode. Connect the work lead to the other terminal. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the Invertec to coincide with wire feeder polarity used. 5. If a remote control such as K857 is to be used with the Cobramatic, the remote can be connected directly to the 6pin amphenol on the front of the Invertec or use a K864 adapter to connect the cobramatic and the remote to the 24/42VAC 14pin wire feeder amphenol connector on the rear of the Invertec. TIG Module K930-2 The TIG Module connects to the V350-Pro Factory or CE versions with a K936-1 (9-14 pin) control cable. Connect the K936-1 to the 115VAC Wire Feeder Amphenol on the rear of the V350-Pro. • All welding modes for this model run with local output control and weld terminals ON (e.g. Stick, TIG, LN25 off the arc). K930-1 TIG Module K428,K446, K449 LN-25(Off the Arc) Factory Version – K1728-1 • The factory model is the construction model with the addition of the Wire Feeder/Remote Adapter. • In this form, the V350-Pro provides the hardware to power and connect to 24, 42 or 115 VAC wire feeders. K857 Remote Output Control K814 Arc Start Switch K812 Hand Operated Amptrol K870 Foot Operated Amptrol K930-1 TIG Module K428, K446, K449 LN-25 K617 (-1 or -2) K618 (-1 or -2) LN-742 K440 (-1), K567-1 LN-7 GMA K1559-1, K1564-1 LN-10 K1499-1, K1521-1 DH-10 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC "CE" Version – K1728-3 The TIG Module can also be used with the V350 Construction version. A K936-4 control cable is required to supply 115VAC to the TIG Module from an external 115VAC supply. General Instructions for Connection of Wire Feeders to V350-Pro Wire feeders other than LN-7 and LN-25 may be used provided that the auxiliary power supply capacity of the V350-Pro is not exceeded. K867 universal adapter plug is required. See connection diagram S19406 and S19386 at the back of this manual for more information. Remote Control of Invertec Remote Control K857, Hand Amptrol K963 and Foot Amptrol K870. • The "CE" version is the Factory version with the addition of power line filtering allowing the machine to comply with the European and Australian EMC emission requirements. Field Installed Options/Accessories Two versions of the V350-Pro are available from the factory for both the CE and ROW versions. Options for K1728-1 Factory and K1728-3 "CE" V350’s • TIG Gas Control Kit – K1762-1 • Advance Process Panel – K1763-1 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Options for all models of V350-PRO • Undercarriage – K1764-1 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Section D-1 Section D-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS -MAINTENANCEMaintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure ...............................................................................D-2 Routine Maintenance..................................................................................................................D-2 Periodic Maintenance .................................................................................................................D-3 Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................D-3 Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Major Component Locations .....................................................................................................D-4 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC D-2 MAINTENANCE FIGURE D.1 — LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR TERMINALS WARNING Do not put your hands near the cooling blower fan. If a problem cannot be corrected by following the instructions, take the machine to the nearest Lincoln Field Service Shop. ----------------------------------------------------------------------ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. • Do not touch electrically live parts or electrode with skin or wet clothing. • Insulate yourself from work and ground • Always wear dry insulating gloves. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ EXPLODING PARTS can cause injury. • Failed parts can explode or cause other parts to explode when power is applied. Return to Master TOC See additional warning information throughout this operators manual. -----------------------------------------------------------Return to Section TOC INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE - + - + INSULATED PLIERS - + - POWER RESISTOR + INSULATED GLOVES 5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in figure D.1. 6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold the body of the resistor with the pliers and connect the resistor leads across the two capacitor terminals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 seconds. DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS WITH YOUR BARE HANDS. 7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other three capacitors. 8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor discharge procedure. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws from the case wraparound cover. 3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor terminals located at the top and bottom of the switch board. Return to Master TOC EIGHT CAPACITOR TERMINALS Have qualified personnel do the maintenance work. Always use the greatest care when working near moving parts. • Always wear a face shield and long sleeves when servicing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Return to Section TOC D-2 4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resistor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE. 1. Every 6 months or so the machine should be cleaned with a low pressure airstream. Keeping the machine clean will result in cooler operation and higher reliability. Be sure to clean these areas: • • • • • • All printed circuit boards Power switch Main transformer Input rectifier Auxiliary Transformer Reconnect Switch Area 2. Examine the sheet metal case for dents or breakage. Repair the case as required. Keep the case in good condition to insure that high voltage parts are protected and correct spacings are maintained. All external sheet metal screws must be in place to insure case strength and electrical ground continuity. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC D-3 MAINTENANCE OVERLOAD PROTECTION The machine is electrically protected from producing high output currents. Should the output current exceed 430A, an electronic protection circuit will reduce the current to approximately 100A. The machine will continue to produce this low current until the protection circuit is reset. Reset occurs when the output load is removed. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC THERMAL PROTECTION Thermostats protect the machine from excessive operating temperatures. Excessive temperatures may be caused by a lack of cooling air or operating the machine beyond the duty cycle and output rating. If excessive operating temperature should occur, the thermostat will prevent output voltage or current. The meter will remain energized during this time. Thermostats are self-resetting once the machine cools sufficiently. If the thermostat shutdown was caused by excessive output or duty cycle and the fan is operating normally, the Power Switch may be left on and the reset should occur within a 15 minute period. V350-PRO D-3 R WE PO V350-PRO Return to Master TOC ! 4 1 Return to Master TOC 5 Return to Master TOC 3 Return to Section TOC y qu co ism t lor mmmy ali et eu erat a h era do nu num gn am am um no sit y nib qu ma ips m e lor my ali dia lor do ummm a n gn nu rem ed do Lo t, t um no ma eli ree ips m e lao rem dia lor ed do Lo t, t eli ree lao F OF RO -P 50 A A T PR VIS TEN EC O D TIO AU E N CIO N ! Return to Section TOC ! W WA ARN IN RN G IN G g cin pis ut adi nt er g idu tetu cin tinc pis sec od ut adi con sm nt er et eui att idu g am h erera tetu tinc cin nib sit sec od pis y uam or my ut m adi con sm g nt dol um aliq et er eui att cin idu um non gna am h erera tetu pis tinc ips m ma sit nib ut adi y uam sec od nt em dia ore or mmy er con sm idu Lor , ed dol dol um aliq et eui att tetu tinc t um non gna am h ererasec elit ree ips m ma od nib sit y lao em dia uamcon sm g m ore or my et eui att dol um aliq Lor , ed dol cin am h erera t pis um non gnasit nib elit ut ree ips y uam adi m maor mmy nt lao er em dia oredol um aliq idu g tetu Lor , ed dolum non gna cin tinc t ips m sec od pis ma elit ree ut con sm adi em dia ore g nt lao ed et er eui att cin Lor , idu t dol am h erera tetu pis elit tinc ut nib sit ree adi y uam sec od g nt or my lao m er cin idu dol um aliq con sm g tetu et eui att pis tinc um non gna ut cin sec od am h erera adi ips m ma nt pis er nib sit con ut sm idu y adi uam em dia ore or my et eui att tetu nt m er tinc Lor , ed dol dol um aliq g am h ererasec idu t od tetu cin nib sit elit um non gna tinc ree uamcon sm pis or mmyy sec od ips m ma t et ut lao adi dol um aliq h eui at con sm nt em dia ore am erera ing er et eui att um non gnasit idu nib g Lor , ed dol sc am h erera tetu tinc t uam ips m maor mmyy cin ipi ut elit nib sit sec od ree pis em dia ore dol um aliq y ad t uam or my ut m lao adi r un con sm Lor , ed dolum non gna nt ing dol um aliq et t ips er ue cid eui att m ma idu elit sc um non gna am h ree erera tetu tet tin g em dia ore ipi ut tinc ips m ma sit nib lao cin ec y Lor , ed dol uam sec od ad t em dia ore or mmy t pis r un ns od con sm elit ut Lor , ed dol dol um aliq et adi ree t co ism t ue cid nt t um non gna am h eui ereraat at tet er lao elit et eu era tin idu ree ips m ma nib h er ec sit tetu tinc y lao em dia am g uam sec od ore or mmy am ns od cin dol um aliq sit y nib qu co ism t Lor , ed dol con sm pis t um non gna ut et eui att elit lor mmmy ali et eu at adi ree ips er nt a h era am h erera m ma do nu er g lao num gn am idu nib sit em dia cin am ore tetu uam um no or mmyy sit y nib qu tinc pis Lor , ed dol ma sec od ut t dol um aliq ips m e lor my ali adi elit nt con sm ree er um non gna dia lor do ummm a idu et eui att n gn nu lao ips m ma rem ed do am h erera tetu tinc Lo t, t um no ma em dia ore sec od nib sit y g uamcon eli ree ips m e Lor , ed dol or my m sm t cin dol um aliq et eui att elit lao rem dia lor pis ree erera ut um non gna am h ed do adi lao Lo t, t nt ips m ma sit y nib er uam or mmy idu eli ree em dia ore dol tetu um aliq tinc Lor , ed dol lao sec od t um non gna ing elit con sm ree ips m ma sc et eui att lao em dia ore ipi ut am h erera Lor , ed dol ad t nib sit t r un elit uam or mmyy ing ree ue cid dol um aliq sc lao tet tin ipi ut um non gna ec ad t ips m ma r un ns od em dia ore co ism t ue cid Lor , ed dol at tet et eu era tin t h er ec elit ree am am ns od lao sit nib UT TP V3 EC TE MO RT RE SE LE CT VE IN ING RN WA TE RM IN AL S WE LD C ELOLN EC TR IC LIN 2 Return to Section TOC Center Panel Base Assembly Control Box Assembly Case Back Case Front Case Wraparound FIGURE D.2 – MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. D-4 MAINTENANCE D-4 6 ! A AM PS A OU V VO LTS ON Return to Master TOC Section E-1 Section E-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS -THEORY OF OPERATION SECTIONTheory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E General Description ....................................................................................................................E-2 Input Line Voltage, Auxiliary Transformer and Precharge...........................................................E-2 Switch Board and Main Transformer ..........................................................................................E-3 Power board, Control Board, and SPI Communications............................................................E-4 Output Rectifier and Choke ........................................................................................................E-5 Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................E-6 Protection Circuits ......................................................................................................................E-6 Return to Master TOC Over current Protection ........................................................................................................E-6 Under/Over Voltage Protection ............................................................................................E-6 Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Operation ...................................................................E-7 Pulse Width Modulation..............................................................................................................E-8 Minimum/Maximum Output..................................................................................................E-8 FIGURE E.1 – V350-PRO BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM To Control Board Main Switch Board Current Feedback & 100A Breaker Input Rectifier Positive Output Terminal Primary Current Sensor Choke Negative Output Terminal Output Voltage Sense Reconnect Switch Primary Current Sensor 115VAC Fan Supply Auxiliary 115VAC, 42VAC Transformer 24VAC Fan Control Fan Primary Current Feedback Input Relay Control Soft Start Control V/F Capacitor Feedback (2) IGBT Drive Signal Return to Master TOC Input switch Machine Control Supply +15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC Power Board 28VAC Return to Master TOC 14 Pin Amphenol 40VDC SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board RS232 Supply +5VDC SPI Communications Solenoid Supply 40VDC 6 Pin Amphenol Remote Board Mode Panel Remote Control & Trigger Optional Solenoid V350-PRO & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply Status Panel Display Panel THEORY OF OPERATION FIGURE E.2 – INPUT VOLTAGE AND PRECHARGE To Control Board Main Switch Board Input switch & 100A Breaker Input Rectifier Positive Output Terminal Primary Current Sensor Choke Primary Current Sensor Return to Master TOC Auxiliary 115VAC, 42VAC Transformer 24VAC Primary Current Feedback Input Relay Control Soft Start Control V/F Capacitor Feedback (2) IGBT Drive Signal 115VAC Fan Supply Fan Control Fan Return to Section TOC Negative Output Terminal Reconnect Switch Output Voltage Sense Return to Master TOC E-2 Current Feedback Return to Section TOC E-2 Machine Control Supply +15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC Power Board 28VAC 40VDC 14 Pin Amphenol SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board RS232 Supply +5VDC SPI Communications Solenoid Supply 40VDC 6 Pin Amphenol Remote Board Mode Panel & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply Status Panel Display Panel Remote Control & Trigger Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Optional Solenoid GENERAL DESCRIPTION and the resultant 40VDC is applied to the power board. The Invertec V350-Pro is an inverter based welding power source that offers multi mode constant voltage (CV) and constant current (CC) welding and is rated at 350 amps 34VDC at a 60% duty cycle. The Invertec V350-Pro is available in either a construction version (no wire feeder connection or auxiliary power ) and a factory version that includes a wire feeder connection and related power. The input voltage is rectified by the input rectifier and the resultant DC voltage is applied to the switch board through the reconnect switch assembly located at the rear of the machine. The reconnect switch connect the two pairs of input capacitors either in a parallel (lower voltage) or series (higher voltage) configuration to accommodate the applied input voltage. INPUT LINE VOLTAGE, AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER, & PRECHARGE The Invertec V350-Pro can be connected for a variety of three-phase or single-phase input voltages. The initial power is applied to the V350 through a combination line switch/circuit breaker located on the front of the machine. Two phases of the input voltage are applied to the auxiliary transformer. The auxiliary transformer develops four different secondary voltages. The 115VAC is used to power the fan motor and also is applied to the 14 pin amphenol type connector for wirefeeder operation. The 24VAC and 42VAC voltages are also applied to the 14 pin amphenol type connector to power wirefeeders. The 28VAC is rectified During the precharge time the DC input voltage is applied to the input capacitors through a current limiting circuit. The input capacitors are charged slowly and current limited. A voltage to frequency converter circuit located on the switch board monitors the capacitor voltages. This signal is coupled to the control board. When the input capacitors have charged to an acceptable level, the control board energizes the input relays, that are located on the switch board, making all of the input power, without current limiting, available to the input capacitors. If the capacitors become under or over voltage the control board will de-energize the input relays and the V350 output will be disabled. Other possible faults may also cause the input relays to drop out. NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion. V350-PRO To Control Board Main Switch Board Input Rectifier Input switch & 100A Breaker Positive Output Terminal Primary Current Sensor Choke Auxiliary 115VAC, 42VAC Transformer 24VAC Primary Current Feedback Input Relay Control Soft Start Control V/F Capacitor Feedback (2) IGBT Drive Signal 115VAC Fan Supply Fan Control Fan Return to Master TOC Negative Output Terminal Reconnect Switch Output Voltage Sense Return to Master TOC THEORY OF OPERATION FIGURE E.3 – SWITCH BOARD & MAIN TRANSFORMER Primary Current Sensor Return to Section TOC E-3 Current Feedback Return to Section TOC E-3 Machine Control Supply +15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC Power Board 28VAC 40VDC 14 Pin Amphenol SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board RS232 Supply +5VDC SPI Communications Solenoid Supply 40VDC 6 Pin Amphenol Remote Board Mode Panel & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply Status Panel Display Panel Remote Control & Trigger Optional Solenoid Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC SWITCH BOARD & MAIN TRANSFORMER There is one switch board in the Invertec V350-Pro. This board incorporates two pairs of input capacitors, two insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) switching circuits, a fan motor drive circuit, and a voltage/frequency capacitor feedback circuit. The two capacitors in a pair are always in series with each other. When the reconnect switch is in the lower voltage position the capacitor pairs are in parallel . Thus two series capacitors in parallel with two series capacitors. When the reconnect switch is in the high voltage position the two capacitor pairs are in series. Thus four capacitors in series. This is required to accommodate the higher input voltages. When the input capacitors are fully charged they act as power supplies for the IGBT switching circuits. When welding output is required the Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors switch the DC power from the input capacitors, "on and off" thus supplying a pulsed DC current to the main transformer primary windings. See IGBT Operation Discussion and Diagrams in this section. Each IGBT switching circuit feeds current to a separate, oppositely wound primary winding in the main transformer. The reverse directions of current flow through the main transformer primaries and the offset timing of the IGBT switching circuits induce an AC square wave output signal at the secondary of the main transformer. The two current transformers (CT) located on the switch board monitor these primary currents. If the primary currents become abnormally high the control board will shut off the IGBTs, thus disabling the machine output. The DC current flow through each primary winding is clamped back to each respective input capacitor when the IGBTs are turned off. This is needed due to the inductance of the transformer primary winding. The firing of the two switch boards occurs during halves of a 50 microsecond interval, creating a constant 20 KHZ output. In some low open circuit Tig modes the firing frequency is reduced to 5KHZ. The Invertec V350-Pro has a F.A.N. fan as needed circuit. The fan operates when the welding output terminals are energized or when a thermal over temperature condition exists. Once the fan is activated it will remain on for a minimum of five minutes. The fan driver circuit is housed on the switch board but it is activated from a control board signal. NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC E-4 THEORY OF OPERATION FIGURE E.4 – POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS To Control Board Main Switch Board Current Feedback Return to Section TOC E-4 Input switch & 100A Breaker Input Rectifier Positive Output Terminal Primary Current Sensor Choke Negative Output Terminal Output Voltage Sense Reconnect Switch Primary Current Sensor Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Auxiliary 115VAC, 42VAC Transformer 24VAC Primary Current Feedback Input Relay Control Soft Start Control V/F Capacitor Feedback (2) IGBT Drive Signal 115VAC Fan Supply Fan Control Fan Machine Control Supply +15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC Power Board 28VAC 40VDC 14 Pin Amphenol SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board RS232 Supply +5VDC SPI Communications Solenoid Supply 40VDC 6 Pin Amphenol Remote Board Mode Panel & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply Status Panel Display Panel Remote Control & Trigger Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Optional Solenoid POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS POWER BOARD The 28VAC auxiliary is rectified and filtered and applied to the power board. The power board, utilizing a switching power supply, processes the 40VDC input and develops several regulated positive and negative DC supplies. Three DC supplies are fed to the control board for machine control supplies. Two positive DC voltages are coupled to the control board for the Serial Peripheral Communications (SPI) supplies. A +5VDC is used for the RS232 connection supply and a +40VDC is fed to the remote board to power an optional gas solenoid. An over or under input voltage detection and shutdown circuit is also part of the power board’s circuitry. CONTROL BOARD functions to establish and maintain output control of the V350 machine. The control board sends and receives command signals from the mode panel, the status panel, the display panel and /or the optional remote panel. These communications are processed through a digital network called a Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI). This network digitally communicates to and from the control board the user’s commands and various machine status messages. The software that is contained within the control board processes and compares these commands with the voltage and current feedback information it receives from the output current sensor and the output voltage sensing leads. The appropriate pulse width modulation (PWM) signals (See Pulse Width Modulation in this section) are sent to the switch board IGBTs. In this manner, the digitally controlled high-speed welding waveform is created and regulated. The control board also monitors the thermostats, the main transformer primary currents and the input capacitor voltages. The control board performs the primary interfacing NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion. V350-PRO THEORY OF OPERATION FIGURE E.5 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE To Control Board Main Switch Board Input Rectifier Input switch & 100A Breaker Positive Output Terminal Primary Current Sensor Choke Primary Current Sensor Return to Master TOC Auxiliary 115VAC, 42VAC Transformer 24VAC Primary Current Feedback Input Relay Control Soft Start Control V/F Capacitor Feedback (2) IGBT Drive Signal 115VAC Fan Supply Fan Control Fan Return to Section TOC Negative Output Terminal Reconnect Switch Output Voltage Sense Return to Master TOC E-5 Current Feedback Return to Section TOC E-5 Machine Control Supply +15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC Power Board 28VAC 14 Pin Amphenol 40VDC SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board RS232 Supply +5VDC SPI Communications Solenoid Supply 40VDC 6 Pin Amphenol Remote Board Mode Panel & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply Status Panel Display Panel Remote Control & Trigger Optional Solenoid Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE The output rectifier receives the AC output from the main transformer secondary and rectifies it to a DC voltage level. Since the output choke is in series with the negative leg of the output rectifier and also in series with the welding load, a filtered DC output is applied to the machine’s output terminals. NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC E-6 THEORY OF OPERATION OVER CURRENT PROTECTION THERMAL PROTECTION Two normally closed (NC) thermostats protect the machine from excessive operating temperatures. These thermostats are wired in series and are connected to the control board. One of the thermostats is located on the heat sink of the switch board and the other is located on the output choke. Excessive temperatures may be caused by a lack of cooling air or operating the machine beyond its duty cycle or output rating. If excessive operating temperatures should occur, the thermostats will prevent output from the machine. The yellow thermal light, located on the front of the machine, will be illuminated. The thermostats are self-resetting once the machine cools sufficiently. If the thermostat shutdown was caused by excessive output or duty cycle and the fan is operating normally, the power switch may be left on and the reset should occur within a 15-minute period. If the fan is not turning or the air intake louvers are obstructed, then the power must be removed from the machine, and the fan problem or air obstruction corrected. PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC If the average current exceeds 450 amps for one second, then the output will be limited to 100 amps until the load is removed. If the peak current exceeds 600 amps for 150 ms, the output will be limited to 100 amps until the load is removed. UNDER/OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION Protective circuits are included on the switch and control boards to monitor the voltage across the input capacitors. In the event that a capacitor pair voltage is too high, or too low, the machine output will be disabled. The protection circuits will prevent output if any of the following conditions exist. 1. Voltage across a capacitor pair exceeds 467 volts. (High line surges or improper input voltage connections.) 2. Voltage across a capacitor pair is under 190 volts. (Due to improper input voltage connections.) Protective circuits are designed into the V350-PRO to sense trouble and shut down the machine before damage occurs to the machine's internal components. Return to Section TOC E-6 3. Internal component damage. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC E-7 E-7 THEORY OF OPERATION INSULATED GATE BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR (IGBT) OPERATION An IGBT is a type of transistor. IGBT are semiconductors well suited for high frequency switching and high current applications. capable of conducting current. A voltage supply connected to the drain terminal will allow the IGBT to conduct and supply current to the circuit components coupled to the source. Current will flow through the conducting IGBT to downstream components as long as the positive gate signal is present. This is similar to turning ON a light switch. Example A in Figure E.8 shows an IGBT in passive mode. There is no gate signal, zero volts relative to the source, and therefore, no current flow. The drain terminal of the IGBT may be connected to a voltage supply; but since there is no conduction, the circuit will not supply current to components connected to the source. The circuit is turned OFF like a light switch. Example B shows the IGBT in an active mode. When the gate signal , a positive DC voltage relative to the source, is applied to the gate terminal of the IGBT, it is FIGURE E.6 – IGBT POSITIVE VOLTAGE APPLIED Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC SOURCE n+ GATE SOURCE n+ n+ GATE n+ p BODY REGION p BODY REGION n- DRAIN DRIFT REGION n- DRAIN DRIFT REGION n+ BUFFER LAYER n+ BUFFER LAYER p+ INJECTING LAYER p+ INJECTING LAYER DRAIN DRAIN B. ACTIVE A. PASSIVE V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC E-8 E-8 THEORY OF OPERATION FIGURE E.9 — TYPICAL IGBT OUTPUTS. sec 48 50 sec sec sec Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC MINIMUM OUTPUT 24 sec 24 sec 2 sec 50 sec MAXIMUM OUTPUT MAXIMUM OUTPUT Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC PULSE WIDTH MODULATION The term Pulse Width Modulation is used to describe how much time is devoted to conduction in the positive and negative portions of the cycle. Changing the pulse width is known as modulation. Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) is the varying of the pulse width over the allowed range of a cycle to affect the output of the machine. MINIMUM OUTPUT By holding the gate signal on for 24 microseconds each, and allowing only two microseconds of dwell time (off time) during the 50-microsecond cycle, the output is maximized. The darkened area under the top curve can be compared to the area under the bottom curve. The more dark area that is under the curve indicates that more power is present. 1An IGBT group modules feeding winding. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC By controlling the duration of the gate signal, the IGBT is turned on and off for different durations during the cycle. The top drawing in Figure E.9 shows the minimum output signal possible over a 50-microsecond time period. The positive portion of the signal represents one IGBT group1 conducting for one microsecond. The negative portion is the other IGBT group1. The dwell time (off time) is 48 microseconds (both IGBT groups off). Since only two microseconds of the 50-microsecond time period is devoted to conducting, the output power is minimized. V350-PRO consists of two IGBT one transformer primary Section F-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR SECTION Troubleshooting & Repair Section .................................................................................Section F How to Use Troubleshooting Guide ....................................................................................F-2 PC Board Troubleshooting Procedures and Replacement .................................................F-3 Troubleshooting Guide ........................................................................................................F-4 Test Procedures Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure .................................................................F-15 Main Switch Board Test ................................................................................................F-17 Input Rectifier Test ........................................................................................................F-21 Power Board Test..........................................................................................................F-25 Output Diode Modules Test ..........................................................................................F-29 Auxiliary Transformer Test .............................................................................................F-33 Current Transducer Test ................................................................................................F-37 Fan Control and Motor Test ..........................................................................................F-41 SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test........................................................................F-45 Voltage and Current Calibration Procedure ..................................................................F-47 Replacement Procedures Control Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-51 Display Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-57 Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement ...........................................................F-61 Mode Board Removal and Replacement......................................................................F-65 Status Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-71 Snubber Board Removal and Replacement .................................................................F-75 Power Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-77 Input Rectifier Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-81 Output Rectifier Modules Removal and Replacement .................................................F-85 Current Transducer Removal and Replacement ...........................................................F-89 Retest after Repair ........................................................................................................F-94 Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Section F-1 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-2 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE CAUTION Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric Factory Trained Personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician and machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid Electrical Shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. This Troubleshooting Guide is provided to help you locate and repair possible machine malfunctions. Simply follow the three-step procedure listed below. Step 1. LOCATE PROBLEM (SYMPTOM). Look under the column labeled “PROBLEM (SYMPTOMS)”. This column describes possible symptoms that the machine may exhibit. Find the listing that best describes the symptom that the machine is exhibiting. Symptoms are grouped into three main categories: Output Problems, Function Problems, and LED Function Problems. Step 2. PERFORM EXTERNAL TESTS. The second column, labeled “POSSIBLE AREAS OF MISADJUSTMENT(S)”, lists the obvious external possibilities that may contribute to the machine symptom. Perform these tests/checks in the order listed. In general, these tests can be conducted without removing the case wrap-around cover. Step 3. PERFORM COMPONENT TESTS. The last column, labeled “Recommended Course of Action” lists the most likely components that may have failed in your machine. It also specifies the appropriate test procedure to verify that the subject component is either good or bad. If there are a number of possible components, check the components in the order listed to eliminate one possibility at a time until you locate the cause of your problem. All of the referenced test procedures referred to in the Troubleshooting Guide are described in detail at the end of this chapter. Refer to the Troubleshooting and Repair Table of Contents to locate each specific Test Procedure. All of the referred to test points, components, terminal strips, etc., can be found on the referenced electrical wiring diagrams and schematics. Refer to the Electrical Diagrams Section Table of Contents to locate the appropriate diagram. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC CAUTION If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353.(WELD) V350-PRO F-2 Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-3 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR PC BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. Have an electrician install and service this equipment. Turn the machine OFF before working on equipment. Do not touch electrically hot parts. Sometimes machine failures appear to be due to PC board failures. These problems can sometimes be traced to poor electrical connections. To avoid problems when troubleshooting and replacing PC boards, please use the following procedure: Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC • If the PC Board uses protective shorting jumpers, don’t remove them until installation is complete. • If you return a PC Board to The Lincoln Electric Company for credit, it must be in the static-shielding bag. This will prevent further damage and allow proper failure analysis. 4. Test the machine to determine if the failure symptom has been corrected by the replacement PC board. NOTE: Allow the machine to heat up so that all electrical components can reach their operating temperature. 2. Check for loose connections at the PC board to assure that the PC board is properly connected. 5. Remove the replacement PC board and substitute it with the original PC board to recreate the original problem. a. If the original problem does not reappear by substituting the original board, then the PC board was not the problem. Continue to look for bad connections in the control wiring harness, junction blocks, and terminal strips. PC Board can be damaged by static electricity. ATTENTION Static-Sensitive Devices Handle only at Static-Safe Workstations Reusable Container Do Not Destroy Return to Master TOC • Remove the PC Board from the static-shielding bag and place it directly into the equipment. Don’t set the PC Board on or near paper, plastic or cloth which could have a static charge. If the PC Board can’t be installed immediately, put it back in the staticshielding bag. 1. Determine to the best of your technical ability that the PC board is the most likely component causing the failure symptom. 3. If the problem persists, replace the suspect PC board using standard practices to avoid static electrical damage and electrical shock. Read the warning inside the static resistant bag and perform the following procedures: Return to Section TOC F-3 • Remove your body’s static charge before opening the staticshielding bag. Wear an anti-static wrist strap. For safety, use a 1 Meg ohm resistive cord connected to a grounded part of the equipment frame. • If you don’t have a wrist strap, touch an unpainted, grounded, part of the equipment frame. Keep touching the frame to prevent static build-up. Be sure not to touch any electrically live parts at the same time. b. If the original problem is recreated by the substitution of the original board, then the PC board was the problem. Reinstall the replacement PC board and test the machine. 6. Always indicate that this procedure was followed when warranty reports are to be submitted. NOTE: Following this procedure and writing on the warranty report, “INSTALLED AND SWITCHED PC BOARDS TO VERIFY PROBLEM,” will help avoid denial of legitimate PC board warranty claims. • Tools which come in contact with the PC Board must be either conductive, anti-static or static-dissipative. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR PROBLEMS (SYMPTOMS) POSSIBLE AREAS OF MISADJUSTMENT(S) Return to Master TOC RECOMMENDED COURSE OF ACTION OUTPUT PROBLEMS Major physical or electrical damage is evident when the sheet metal cover is removed. 1. Contact your local authorized Lincoln Electric Field Service Facility for technical assis tance. 1. Contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department, The machine is dead—no output—no displays. 1. Make sure the input line/ breaker switch is in the ON position. 1. Perform the Auxiliary Transformer Test. 1-800-833-9353(WELD). 2. Perform the Power Board Test. 2. Check the main input line fuses. If open , replace. 3. Check the 2 amp circuit breaker (CB2). Reset if tripped. 4. Make sure the reconnect switch and jumper lead is configured correctly for the applied input voltage. 3. The control rectifier and or associated filter capacitor (C5) may be faulty. Check and replace as necessary. 4. Perform The SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test. 5. The Control Board may be faulty. 5. If the machine is being operated with single phase input voltage make sure the red lead is not connected. See the Installation Section. The main input fuses (or breaker) repeatedly fail. 1. Make certain the fuses or breakers are sized properly. 2. Make sure the reconnect switch and jumper lead is configured correctly for the applied input voltage. 3. The welding procedure may be drawing too much input current or the duty cycle may be too high. Reduce the welding current and /or reduce the duty cycle. Return to Section TOC F-4 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Observe Safety Guidelines detailed in the beginning of this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-4 1. Check the reconnect switches and associated wiring. See the wiring diagram. 2. Perform the Input Rectifier Test. 3. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. 4. Perform the Output Diode Module Test. 5. The Input Filter Capacitors may be faulty. Check, and if any are faulty replace all four. CAUTION If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD). V350-PRO Return to Master TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE PROBLEMS (SYMPTOMS) The V350-Pro does not have welding output. The displays are lit. Return to Master TOC POSSIBLE AREAS OF MISADJUSTMENT(S) 1. Make sure the reconnect switch is configured correctly for the input voltage applied. 3. Put the Control Select in the Local position. If the problem is solved the remote control device or associated circuitry may be faulty. 4. If an error code is displayed see Fault Code Explanations. 1. The input voltage may be too low, limiting the output capability of the machine. Make certain the input voltage is correct for the machine and the reconnect switch and jumper lead configuration. 2. The welding current may be too high . The machine will foldback to 100 amps if the welding current exceeds 450 amps. 3. Make sure the machine is in "Local" output control.. If the problem is resolved the Remote control board or the external remote control unit may be faulty. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Observe Safety Guidelines detailed in the beginning of this manual. 2. Make sure the Weld Terminals Select is ON. If the problem is solved the remote control device or associated circuitry may be faulty. See the wiring diagram. The V350-Pro will not produce full output. Return to Section TOC F-5 RECOMMENDED COURSE OF ACTION OUTPUT PROBLEMS Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-5 1. Check the reconnect switch and associated leads for loose or faulty connections. See the wiring diagram. 2. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. 3. Perform the Power Board Test. 4. Perform the Output Diode Module Test. 5. The control board may be faulty. 6. The input filter capacitors may be faulty. Check and replace if necessary. 7. The status panel board may be faulty. 1. Perform the Output Rectifier Test. 2. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. 3. Perform the Power Board Test. 4. Perform the Current Transducer Test. 5. If the preset function is not performing properly the status panel board or the output control may be faulty. 6. The control board may be faulty. CAUTION If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD). V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-6 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Observe Safety Guidelines detailed in the beginning of this manual. PROBLEMS (SYMPTOMS) POSSIBLE AREAS OF MISADJUSTMENT(S) The machine regularly overheats and the yellow thermal light is ON indicating a thermal overload. 1. The welding application may be exceeding the recommended duty cycle of the V350-Pro. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 3. Air intake and exhaust louvers may be blocked due to inadequate clearance around the machine. 4. Make certain the fan as needed (F.A.N.) is operating properly. The fan should operate when welding voltage is present and/or when there is an over temperature condition. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC An attached wire feeder will not function correctly. Return to Section TOC RECOMMENDED COURSE OF ACTION FUNCTION PROBLEMS 2. Dirt and dust may have clogged the cooling channels inside the machine. Return to Section TOC F-6 1. Make certain the wire feeder control cable is connected to the correct 14-pin amphenol type plug (115VAC or 24/42VAC) for the wire feeder being used. See the connection diagram. 1. The 115VAC fan motor is controlled by the control board via the main switch board. Perform the Fan Motor And Control Test. 1. A thermostat or associated circuitry may be faulty. See the wiring diagram. One normally closed thermostat is located on the output choke and the other is located on the main switch board heat sink. See the wiring diagram. Note: The Main Switch Board Removal Procedure will be required to gain access to the heat sink thermostat. 1. Perform the Auxiliary Transformer Test. 2. Check the leads between the 14-pin amphenol type plugs and the auxiliary transformer for loose or faulty connections. 2. Check the two circuit breakers located at the rear of the machine. Reset is tripped. 3. The wire feeder or control cable may be faulty. CAUTION If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD). V350-PRO Return to Master TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-7 Observe Safety Guidelines detailed in the beginning of this manual. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE PROBLEMS (SYMPTOMS) RECOMMENDED COURSE OF ACTION POSSIBLE AREAS OF MISADJUSTMENT(S) FUNCTION PROBLEMS The machine’s welding output is very high and uncontrollable. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-7 1. Put the Control Select in the Local position. If the problem is solved the remote control device or associated circuitry may be faulty. 1. Perform the Current Transducer Test. 2. If the output is normal when the Control Select is in the Local position but the output is very high in the Remote position the remote board may be faulty. Perform The SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test. 3. The control board may be faulty. The Weld Mode Select does not function properly. 1. Refer to Operation Section of this manual for normal operation characteristics. 1. Check for loose or faulty plug connections between the control board and the mode select panel. See the wiring diagram. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 2. Perform the SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test. 3. The Mode Select Panel board may be faulty. 4. The control board may be faulty. The Status Panel (Control and Weld Terminals Select) does not function properly. 1. Refer to Operation Section of this manual for normal operation characteristics. 1. Check for loose or faulty plug connections between the control board and the status board. See the wiring diagram. 2. The Status Board may be faulty. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 3. The control board may be faulty. CAUTION If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD). V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-8 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-8 Observe Safety Guidelines detailed in the beginning of this manual. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE PROBLEMS (SYMPTOMS) RECOMMENDED COURSE OF ACTION POSSIBLE AREAS OF MISADJUSTMENT(S) FUNCTION PROBLEMS The display is not functioning properly. 1. Refer to the Operation Section of this manual for normal operation characteristics. 1. Check for loose or faulty plug connections between the Display board and the control board. See the wiring diagram. 2. The display board may be faulty. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 3. The control board may be faulty. A fault or error code is displayed. 1. See the Fault Code Explanations. 1. See Fault Code Explanations. For no apparent reason the welding characteristics have change. 1. Check the welding cables for loose or faulty connection. 1. Perform the Voltage and Current Calibration Procedure. 2. Make sure the machine’s mode and output are set correctly for the process being used. (CV, CC,TIG etc.) Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 3. If Mig welding make sure the shielding gas and wire speed are correct for the process being used. 2. Perform the Current Transducer Test. 3. Perform the Output Diode Module Test 4. The control board may be faulty. CAUTION If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD). V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-9 F-9 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR FAULT CODES 31 DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE DEFINITION ACTION Main transformer primary over current Turn the machine off and back on to reset the machine. If condition persists, contact an authorized Lincoln Field Service Facility. SERVICE FACILITY CORRECTIVE ACTION Perform the Main Switch Board Test. Perform the Power Board Test. The control board may be faulty. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC There may be a problem with the primary current sensors (CT) located on the main switch board. See the Wiring diagram Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 32 Capacitor bank “A” (lower) is under voltage Make sure the reconnect switches are configured for the input voltage being applied to the machine. The machine is self clearing when condition ceases. There may be a problem with the V/F signals from the main switch board to the control board. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. Perform the Power Board Test. The control board may be faulty. NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults before replacing the printed circuit board V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-10 F-10 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR FAULT CODES 33 DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE DEFINITION ACTION Capacitor bank "B"(upper) is under voltage. Make sure the reconnect switches are configured for the input voltage being applied to the machine. The machine is self-clearing when condition ceases. SERVICE FACILITY CORRECTIVE ACTION There may be a problem with the V/F signals from the main switch board to the control board. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. The control board may be faulty. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Perform the Power Board Test. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 34 Capacitor bank "A"(lower) is over voltage. Make sure the reconnect switches are configured for the input voltage being applied to the machine. The machine is self-clearing when condition ceases. There may be a problem with the V/F signals from the main switch board to the control board. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. Perform the Power Board Test. The control board may be faulty. NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults before replacing the printed circuit board V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-11 F-11 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR FAULT CODES 35 DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE DEFINITION ACTION Capacitor bank "B"(lower) is over voltage. Make sure the reconnect switches are configured for the input voltage being applied to the machine. The machine is self-clearing when condition ceases. SERVICE FACILITY CORRECTIVE ACTION There may be a problem with the V/F signals from the main switch board to the control board. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. The control board may be faulty. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Perform the Power Board Test. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 37 The soft start function failed. Turn the machine off and back on to reset the machine. There may be a problem with the V/F signals from the main switch board to the control board. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. Perform the Power Board Test. The control board may be faulty. NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults before replacing the printed circuit board V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-12 F-12 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR FAULT CODES 39 DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE DEFINITION ACTION Electrical "glitch" on the primary over current fault detector circuit. Possibly caused by an external electrical "noise" or signal level. Make sure the V350-Pro is grounded correctly. The machine is self clearing when condition ceases. SERVICE FACILITY CORRECTIVE ACTION Perform the Main Switch Board Test. Perform the Power Board Test. There may be a problem with the primary current sensors (CT) located on the main switch board. See the wiring diagram. The control board may be faulty. 43 Capacitor banks "A" (lower) and "B"(upper) are not balanced. Make sure the reconnect switches are configured for the input voltage being applied to the machine. The machine is self-clearing when condition ceases. There may be a problem with the V/F signals from the main switch board to the control board. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. The capacitor(s) may be faulty. Check and replace if necessary. 44 The machine has detected a fault in the central processing unit (CPU). Make sure the V350-Pro is grounded correctly. The machine is self clearing when condition ceases. Perform the Power Board Test. The control board or associated wiring may be faulty. See the wiring diagram. NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults before replacing the printed circuit board V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-13 F-13 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR FAULT CODES 47 DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE DEFINITION ACTION Electrical "glitch" on the V/F signals from the main switch board to the control board. Possibly caused by an external electrical "noise" or signal level. Make sure the V350-Pro is grounded correctly. The machine is self clearing when condition ceases. SERVICE FACILITY CORRECTIVE ACTION There may be a problem with the V/F signals from the main switch board to the control board. Perform the Main Switch Board Test. The control board may be faulty. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Perform the Power Board Test. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC “bad node” “####” The selected weld mode Press the Mode Select does not exist in the weld button to select a table that is presently different welding mode. loaded in the machine. Perform the Power Board Test. Perform the SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test. The control board may be faulty. NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults before replacing the printed circuit board V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-14 NOTES V350-PRO F-14 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-15 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION This procedure will drain off any charge stored in the four large capacitors that are part of the switch board assembly. This procedure MUST be performed, as a safety precaution, before conducting any test or repair procedure that requires you to touch internal components of the machine. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC MATERIALS NEEDED 5/16” Nut Driver Insulated Pliers Insulated Gloves High Wattage Resistor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum) DC Volt Meter This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-15 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-16 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE (continued) 4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resistor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE. WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. • Have an electrician install and service this equipment. • Turn the input power off at the fuse box before working on equipment. Return to Master TOC • Do not touch electrically hot parts. Return to Section TOC F-16 • Prior to performing preventative maintenance, perform the following capacitor discharge procedure to avoid electric shock. 5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in figure F.1. 6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold the body of the resistor with the pliers and connect the resistor leads across the two capacitor terminals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 seconds. DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS WITH YOUR BARE HANDS. 7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other three capacitors. DISCHARGE PROCEDURE 1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws from the case wraparound cover. 3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor terminals located at the top and bottom of the switch board. 8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor discharge procedure. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC FIGURE F.1 – LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR TERMINALS EIGHT CAPACITOR TERMINALS - + - + Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC INSULATED PLIERS - + + INSULATED GLOVES POWER RESISTOR V350-PRO TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-17 MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST WARNING Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION This test will help determine if the “power section” of the switch boards are functioning correctly. This test will NOT indicate if the entire PC board is functional. This resistance test is preferable to a voltage test with the machine energized because this board can be damaged easily. In addition, it is dangerous to work on this board with the machine energized. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC MATERIALS NEEDED Analog Volt/Ohmmeter 5/16 in. Wrench 7/16 in. Wrench Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-17 F-18 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-18 MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued) FIGURE F.2 MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS 202 207 J22 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC - + - 201 + 209 204 205 208 J21 J20 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC - + - 206 203 TEST PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case wraparound. Return to Master TOC 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. Return to Section TOC + 4. Using a 7/16” wrench locate, label and remove leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and 208 from the switch board. Note lead and washer placement for reassembly. Clear leads. 5. Using the Analog ohmmeter, perform the resistance tests detailed in Table F.1. Refer to figure F.2 for test point locations. Note: Test using an Analog ohmmeter on the Rx1 range. Make sure the test probes are making electrical contact with the conductor surfaces on the PC board. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-19 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-19 MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued) 6. If any test fails replace the switch board. See Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement. 7. If the switch board resistance tests are OK, check connections on plugs J20, J21, J22 and all associated wiring. See wiring diagram. 8. Reconnect leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, and 208 to the switch board. Ensure that the leads are installed in their proper locations. PreTorque all leads nuts to 25 inch lbs. before tightening them to 44 inch lbs. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC 9. Replace the case wraparound cover using a 5/16” nut driver. TABLE F.1. SWITCH BOARD RESISTANCE TEST APPLY POSITIVE TEST PROBE TO TERMINAL APPLY NEGATIVE TEST PROBE TO TERMINAL NORMAL RESISTANCE READING +206 +208 +202 +201 +205 +203 +204 +207 -205 -203 -204 -207 -206 -208 -202 -201 Greater than 1000 ohms Greater than 1000 ohms Greater than 1000 ohms Greater than 1000 ohms Less than 100 ohms Less than 100 ohms Less than 100 ohms Less than 100 ohms V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-20 NOTES V350-PRO F-20 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-21 INPUT RECTIFIER TEST WARNING Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION This test will help determine if the input rectifier has “shorted” or “open” diodes. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC MATERIALS NEEDED Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter (Multimeter) 5/16” Nut Driver Phillips Head Screwdriver Wiring Diagram Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-21 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-22 F-22 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED) TEST PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO machine. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 4. Locate the input rectifier and associated leads. See Figure F.3. 6. Using a phillips head screwdriver, remove leads 207, 207A, and 209 from the input rectifier. 7. Use the analog ohmmeter to perform the tests detailed in Table F.2. See the Wiring Diagram. 8. Visually inspect the three MOV’S for damage (TP1,TP2,TP3). Replace if necessary. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 5. Carefully remove the silicone sealant from leads 207, 207A, and 209. Figure F.3 Input Rectifier Small Lead "H1" To Auxiliary Transformer 3/16" ALLEN BOLTS C #207 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC B #207A Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC A #209 FRONT REAR V350-PRO Small Lead "A" To Circuit Breaker Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-23 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED) Table F.2 Input Rectifier Test Points Return to Master TOC ANALOG METER X10 RANGE TEST POINT TERMINALS + PROBE - PROBE Acceptable Meter Readings A B C 207 207 207 Greater than 1000 ohms Greater than 1000 ohms Greater than 1000 ohms A B C 207A 207A 207A Greater than 1000 ohms Greater than 1000 ohms Greater than 1000 ohms A B C 209 209 209 Less than 100 ohms Less than 100 ohms Less than 100 ohms 207 207 207 A B C Less than 100 ohms Less than 100 ohms Less than 100 ohms 207A 207A 207A A B C Less than 100 ohms Less than 100 ohms Less than 100 ohms 209 209 209 A B C Greater than 1000 ohms Greater than 1000 ohms Greater than 1000 ohms 9. If the input rectifier does not meet the acceptable readings outlined in Table F.2 the component may be faulty. Replace Return to Section TOC F-23 Note: Before replacing the input rectifier, check the input power switch and perform the Main Switch Board Test. Also check for leaky or faulty filter capacitors. 11. If the input rectifier is faulty, see the Input Rectifier Bridge Removal & Replacement procedure. 12. Replace the case wraparound cover. 10. If the input rectifier is good, be sure to reconnect leads 207, 207A, and 209 to the correct terminals and torque to 31 inch lbs. Apply silicone sealant. V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-24 NOTES V350-PRO F-24 F-25 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-25 POWER BOARD TEST WARNING Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION This test will help determine if the power board is receiving the correct voltages and also if the power board is regulating and producing the correct DC voltages. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC MATERIALS NEEDED Volt-Ohmmeter 5/16” Nut Driver Wiring Diagram Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-26 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED) TEST PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO machine. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. Return to Master TOC 5. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to the V350-PRO. 7. If the 40VDC is low, or not present at plug J41, check the rectifier bridge and C5 filter capacitor. See Wiring Diagram. Also perform the Auxiliary Transformer Test. 8. If any of the DC voltages are low, or not present at plugs J42 or J43, the power board may be faulty. 9. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. 10. Replace the case wraparound cover using a 5/16” nut driver. 6. Carefully test for the correct voltages at the power board. See Table F.3. Figure F.4 Power Board Plug Location J42 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 4. Locate the power board and plugs J41, J42 and J43. Do not remove plugs from the power board. See Figure F.4. Return to Section TOC F-26 J41 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC J43 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-27 Return to Master TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED) Table F.3 Power Board Voltage Checks CHECK POINT LOCATION TEST DESCRIPTION CONNECTOR PLUG PIN NO. POWER PC BOARD CONNECTOR PLUG J41 CHECK 40VDC SUPPLY FROM RECT. BRIDGE TO POWER BD. 2(+) 1(-) POWER PC BOARD CONNECTOR PLUG J42 CHECK +15VDC SUPPLY FROM POWER PC BOARD 1(+) 5(-) POWER PC BOARD CONNECTOR PLUG J42 CHECK +5VDC SUPPLY FROM POWER PC BOARD 3(+) 5(-) POWER PC BOARD CONNECTOR PLUG J42 CHECK -15VDC SUPPLY FROM POWER PC BOARD POWER PC BOARD CONNECTOR PLUG J43 CHECK +5VDC “SPI” SUPPLY FROM POWER PC BOARD POWER PC BOARD CONNECTOR PLUG J43 CHECK +5VDC “RS232” SUPPLY FROM POWER PC BOARD LEAD NO. OR IDENTITY NORMAL ACCEPTABLE VOLTAGE READING 65 (+) 66 (-) 38-42 VDC 412 (+) 410 (-) 15 VDC 410 408 (+) 410 (-) 5 VDC 410 411 (+) 410 (-) -15 VDC 403 (+) 401 (-) 5 VDC 406 (+) 405 (-) 5 VDC 402 (+) 401 (-) 15 VDC 438 (+) 431 (-) 40 VDC 65 66 410 412 408 2(+) 5(-) 411 401 3(+) 12(-) 403 POWER PC BOARD CONNECTOR PLUG J43 Return to Section TOC F-27 POWER PC BOARD CONNECTOR PLUG J43 CHECK +15VDC “SPI” SUPPLY FROM POWER PC BOARD CHECK +40VDC OPTIONAL SOLENOID SUPPLY FROM POWER PC BOARD 4(+) 9(-) 405 406 401 6(+) 12(-) 402 8(+) 1(-) 438 431 V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-28 NOTES V350-PRO F-28 Return to Master TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-29 DESCRIPTION This test will help determine if any of the output diodes are “shorted”. MATERIALS NEEDED Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter Wiring Diagram Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-29 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-30 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued) FIGURE F.5 Machine Output Terminals A MPS OLTS TS V OL CONTROL CONTR OL WELD TERMINALS REMO REMOTE ON OUTPUT SELECT Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC REMO REMOTE LOCAL m SELECT WELD MODE HOT HO T ST START CC-STICK SOFT 5 4 CC-STICK CRISP 6 -2 8 2 CV-WIRE -WIRE CV 1 SELECT CV-FLUX CV -FLUX CORED -4 7 3 TIG GTAW GT ARC CONTROL CONTR +2 +4 -6 9 0 0 +6 -8 +8 -10 SOFT 10 ON OFF OFF +10 CRISP OFF OFF OFF OFF Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC OFF NEGATIVE OUTPUT TERMINAL POSITIVE OUTPUT TERMINAL TEST PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Locate the output terminals on the front panel of the machine. See Figure F.5. 3. Remove any output cables and load from the output terminals. 4. Using the analog ohmmeter test for more than 200 ohms resistance between positive and negative output terminals. Positive test lead to the positive terminal; Negative test lead to the negative terminal. See Figure F.6. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC NOTE: The polarity of the test leads is most important. If the test leads polarity is not correct, the test will have erroneous results. V350-PRO F-30 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-31 F-31 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued) Figure F.6 Terminal Close-Up ON ON OFF OFF OFF Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC - PR OBE Return to Section TOC E ROB +P Return to Section TOC OFF 5. If 200 ohms is measured then the output diodes are not “shorted”. 9. Test all output diode modules individually. NOTE: There is a 200 ohm resistor across the welding output terminals. 6. If less than 200 ohms is measured, one or more diodes or the snubber board may be faulty. 8. Locate the output diode modules and snubber board. See Figure F.7. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 7. Perform the Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed in the maintenance section. V350-PRO NOTE: This may require the disassembly of the leads and the snubber board from the diode modules. Refer to the Output Diode Modules Removal and Replacement Procedure for detailed instructions. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-32 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued) Figure F.7 Snubber and Output Diode Locations Output Diode Modules Snubber Board LEFT SIDE V350-PRO F-32 Return to Master TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-33 DESCRIPTION This procedure will determine if the correct voltage is being applied to the primary of auxiliary transformer and also if the correct voltage is being induced on the secondary windings of the transformer. MATERIALS NEEDED Volt-ohmmeter (Multimeter) Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 5/16” Nut Driver Wiring Diagram This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-33 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-34 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST (continued) FIGURE F.8 Auxiliary Transformer Auxiliary Transformer Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Secondary Lead Plugs P52 and P56 A AM PS V VO LTS A OU TP UT LIN C ELOLN EC TR IC WA RN ING WEL D IN AL S RE MO TE SE VE LE CT RT EC V3 Return to Master TOC 50 -P RO PO WE R ON OF Return to Section TOC TE RM IN F TEST PROCEDURE 4. Locate the auxiliary transformer. See Figure F.8. 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case wraparound cover. 5. Locate the secondary leads and plugs P52 and P56. See Figure F.8 and F.9. 3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. FIGURE F.9 Plug Lead Connections Viewed From Transformer Lead Side of Plug PLUG P56 PLUG P52 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC LEAD 541 LEAD 31 LEAD 41A LEAD 24 LEAD 42 LEAD 532 V350-PRO LEAD 54 F-34 Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-35 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-35 AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER NO.1 TEST (continued) TABLE F.4 LEAD IDENTIFICATION NORMAL EXPECTED VOLTAGE 31 TO 532 115 VAC 42 TO 541 42 VAC 24 TO 541 24 VAC 54 TO 41A 28 VAC 7. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to the V350-PRO and check for the correct secondary voltages per table F.4. Make sure the reconnect jumper lead and switch are configured correctly for the input voltage being applied. Make sure circuit breaker (CB2) is functioning properly. NOTE: The secondary voltages will vary if the input line voltage varies. 8. If the correct secondary voltages are present, the auxiliary transformer is functioning properly. If any of the secondary voltages are missing or low, check to make certain the primary is configured correctly for the input voltage applied. See Wiring Diagram. WARNING High voltage is present at primary of Auxiliary Transformer. 9. If the correct input voltage is applied to the primary, and the secondary voltage(s) are not correct, the auxiliary transformer may be faulty. 10. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. 11. Install the case wraparound cover using a 5/16” nut driver. V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-36 F-36 NOTES V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-37 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION This test will help determine if the current transducer and associated wiring are functioning correctly. MATERIALS NEEDED Volt-ohmmeter 5/16” Nut Driver Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Grid Bank External DC Ammeter This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-37 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-38 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR F-38 CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued) FIGURE F.10 Metal Plate Removal & Plug J8 Location 5/16" Screws Metal Plate A Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC AM PS V VO LTS A OU TP UT LIN C ELOLN EC TR IC WA RN WEL D TE RM IN AL S IN ING RE MO TE SE VE LE CT RT EC V3 50 -P RO PO WE R ON OF F Plug J8 TEST PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge Procedure. 6. Apply the correct input power to the V350PRO. 7. Check for the correct DC supply voltages to the current transducer at plug J8. See Figure F.11. A. Pin 2 (lead 802+) to pin 6 (lead 806-) should read +15 VDC. 4. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the control box top and cut any necessary cable ties. See Figure F.10. 5. Locate plug J8 on the control board. Do not remove the plug from the P.C. Board. B. Pin 4 (lead 804+) to pin 6 (lead 806-) should read -15 VDC. 8. If either of the supply voltages are low or missing, the control board may be faulty. FIGURE F.11. Plug J8 Viewed From Lead Side of Plug 802 804 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 801 Plug J8 806 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-39 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued) TABLE F.5 OUTPUT LOAD CURRENT EXPECTED TRANSDUCER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 300 2.4 250 2.0 200 1.6 150 1.2 100 0.8 9. Check the feedback voltage from the current transducer using a resistive load bank and with the V350-PRO in mode 200. Mode 200 is a constant current test mode. This mode can be accessed from the front panel of the V350 by pressing and holding the Mode Select button while turning the machine on. Then, rotate the output knob while still holding the Mode Select button in until the displays read “Mode 200”. Release the Mode Select Button and the machine will be in mode 200. With the V350-PRO in mode 200, apply the grid load across the output of the V350-PRO, set machine output to 300 amps and enable WELD TERMINALS. Adjust the grid load to obtain 300 amps on the external ammeter and check feedback voltages per Table F.5. 11. If the correct supply voltages are applied to the current transducer, and with the machine loaded, the feedback voltage is missing or not correct the current transducer may be faulty. Before replacing the current transducer, check the leads and plugs between the control board (J8) and the current transducer (J90). See The Wiring Diagram. For access to plug J90 and the current transducer refer to: Current Transducer Removal and Replacement Procedure. 12. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 13. Replace the control box top and any cable ties previously removed. 14. Install the case wraparound cover using the 5/16” nut driver. A. Pin 1 (lead 801) to Pin 6 (lead 806) should read 2.4 VDC (machine loaded to 300 amps). Return to Master TOC 10. If for any reason the machine cannot be loaded to 300 amps, Table F.5. shows what feedback voltage is produced at various current loads. Return to Section TOC F-39 V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-40 NOTES V350-PRO F-40 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-41 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION This test will help determine if the fan motor, control board, switch board, or associated leads and connectors are functioning correctly. MATERIALS NEEDED Voltmeter Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 5/16” Nut Driver This procedure takes approximately 40 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-41 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-42 F-42 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued) TEST PROCEDURE 1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO machine. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure. 2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case wraparound cover. 4. Locate plug J22 on the main switch board. Do not remove the plug from the board. See Figure F.12. FIGURE F.12 PLUG J22 LOCATION Return to Master TOC J21 J20 5. Carefully apply the correct input power to the machine. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC J22 6. Carefully check for 115VAC at plug J22 pin-2 to J22 pin-3. (leads 115B to COM 2) See Figure F.13. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT THE MAIN SWITCH BOARD. FIGURE F.13 PLUG J22 Lead 115 B Fan Lead Fan Lead Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Lead Com 2 Plug J22 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-43 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued) 7. If the 115VAC is low or not present perform The Auxiliary Transformer Test. Also check plug J22 and associated leads for loose or faulty connections. See the Wiring Diagram. 8. Energize the weld output terminals (Select Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for 115VAC at plug J22 pin-1 to J22 pin-4 (fan leads). See Figure F.13. If the 115VAC is present and the fan is not running then the fan motor may be faulty. Also check the associated leads between plug J22 and the fan motor for loose or faulty connections. See the Wiring Diagram. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT THE SWITCH BOARD. 2. Energize the weld output terminals (Select Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for +15VAC at plug J20 pin-6+ to J20 pin-2- (leads 715 to 716). See Figure F.14. If the 15VAC is present and the fan is not running then the switch board may be faulty. If the 15VDC is not present when the weld terminals are energized then the control board may be faulty. Also check plugs J20, J7, and all associated leads for loose or faulty connections. See the Wiring Diagram. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT THE SWITCH BOARD. 3. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. 9. If the 115VAC is NOT present in the previous step then proceed to the fan control test. Note: The fan motor may be accessed by the removal of the rear panel detailed in The Current Transducer Removal and Replacement Procedure. FAN CONTROL TEST PROCEDURE 1. Locate plug J20 on the switch board. Do not remove the plug from the switch board. See Figure F.12 and Figure F.14. 4. Replace the case wrap-around cover. FIGURE F.14 PLUG J20 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Lead 716- Return to Master TOC Lead 715+ Return to Section TOC F-43 Plug J20 V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-44 NOTES V350-PRO F-44 F-45 F-45 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION This test will help determine if there is a possible “open” in the SPI cable and also determine if the correct supply voltages are being applied to the boards in the SPI network. MATERIALS NEEDED Volt/Ohmmeter Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 5/16” Nut Driver This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-46 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST (continued) TEST PROCEDURE 1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge Procedure. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 4. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the control box top. Cut any necessary cable ties. Return to Section TOC F-46 5. Perform the Display Board Removal Procedure. Do not remove the SPI ribbon cable connecting the display board to the status board. If a remote board is present, the SPI cable plug connecting the remote board to the display board will have to be removed from the display board. 6. Locate and remove plug J3 from the control board. See Figure F.15. 7. Check the resistance and continuity of the SPI cable by testing with the ohmmeter from each pin on plug J3 to the corresponding pins on the plug removed from the display board. See the machine schematic drawing. 8. The resistance reading pin to corresponding pin should be zero ohms or very low resistance. If the resistance reading is high or “open” check the plug connections to the SPI network PC boards. If the connections are OK and the resistance is high or “open” the SPI cable may be faulty. 9. Using the ohmmeter check the continuity of the remote board SPI cable from the plug (previously connected to the display board) to the plug on the remote board. 10. Reconnect the plugs into the display board and perform the Display Board Replacement Procedure. 11. With plug J3 still removed from the control board, carefully apply the correct input power to V350-PRO. 12. Turn on the machine. 13. Carefully check for the presence of +15VDC from plug J3 pin -1(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15. 14. Carefully check for the presence of +5VDC from plug J3 pin -2(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15. 15. If either of these voltages are low or not present, the control board may be faulty. Replace. 16. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO machine. 17. Replace plug J3 into the control board. 18. Replace the control box top and any cable ties previously removed. 19. Replace the case wrap-around cover. FIGURE F.15 Plug J3 Pin 1 Pin 2 Plug J3 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC J3 t h Rig Pin 10 e Sid V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-47 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION This test will help determine if the machine is capable of producing welding output and to check and adjust, if necessary, the voltage and or current calibration. MATERIALS NEEDED Resistive Load Bank Calibrated Test Voltmeter Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Calibrated Test Ammeter This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-47 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-48 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued) CALIBRATION CHECK VOLTAGE CALIBRATION The calibration of the V350-PRO can be checked using a resistive load bank with the V350-PRO in mode 200. Mode 200 is a constant current test mode. 1. Connect the resistive load band (approximately .087 ohms) and test voltmeter to the welding output terminals. 1. Press and hold in the Mode Select button. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 3. Rotate the output knob, while still holding the mode select button in, until the displays read “mode 200”. 4. Release the Mode Select button and the machine will be in mode 200. 5. With the machine in mode 200 apply a resistive load to the welding output terminals (approximately .087 ohms) set the machine output to 300 amps and enable the Weld Terminals. (Weld Terminals Select ON). 6. Using the test meters note the output voltage and current. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC 7. The V350-PRO voltmeter must match the test meter reading to within +/- 1 volt. Return to Section TOC 2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button. 3. Turn on the V350-PRO. 2. Turn on the V350-PRO. Return to Section TOC F-48 4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the display reads “vol cAL”. 5. Release the Mode Select button. 6. Adjust the output control knob until the actual output voltage reading on the test volt meter is 20volts +/- .5 volts. 7. Wait for the machine’s output to be automatically turned off and then back on. 8. Adjust the Output Control knob again if necessary to make the actual voltage output 20 volts +/- .5 volts. 9. Wait for the machine’s output to be automatically turned off and then back on. 10. Repeat the above two steps if necessary. 8. The V350-PRO ammeter must match the test meter within +/- 5 amps. 11. Press and release the Mode Select button to save the calibration. 9. If the voltmeter does not meet the specification then proceed to the Voltage Calibration Procedure. NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting the Output Control knob the machine will leave the calibration mode and use the previous calibration settings. 10. If the ammeter does not meet the specification then proceed to the Current Calibration Procedure. NOTE: Before attempting to calibrate the voltage or current setting of the V350-PRO, be sure to read the entire voltage or current calibration section. If the steps are not completed quickly, the machine will automatically leave the calibration mode without changing the calibration settings. The voltage and current calibration settings of the V350-PRO are completely independent of each other. Adjusting one will not affect the other. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued) CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE 1. Connect the resistive load band (approximately .087 ohms) and test ammeter to the welding output terminals. Return to Master TOC 2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button. 10. Adjust the Output Control knob again if necessary to make the actual output current reading on the test ammeter 300 amps +/-2A. 3. Turn on the V350-PRO. 11. Wait for the machines output to be a u t o matically turned off and then back on. 4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the display reads “cur cAL”. 12. Repeat the above two steps if necessary. 5. Release the Mode Select button. 13. Press and release the Mode Select button to save the calibration. 6. The left display will change to “IcAL” to indicate that current calibration is in progress. 14. The left display will scroll the message IcAL SAVEd. 7. The right display will scroll the following message: Adj oCP SorEAL cur-300A. 15. The machine will reset to normal operation. 8. Adjust the Output Control knob until the actual output current reading on the test ammeter is 300amps +/-2A. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC 9. Wait for the machines output to be automatically turned off and then back on. Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-49 V350-PRO NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting the Output Control knob the machine will leave the calibration mode and use the previous calibration settings. F-49 Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-50 NOTES V350-PRO F-50 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-51 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353) (WELD). DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the control board for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 5/16” Nut Driver 3/8” Nut Drive Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Flathead Screwdriver Phillips Head Screwdriver Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-51 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-52 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-52 CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) FIGURE F.16 - CONTROL BOARD LOCATION Control Board A Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC AM PS V VO LTS A OU TP UT LIN C ELOLN EC TR IC WA RN ING WE LD IN RE MO TE VE TE RM INA LS SE LE CT RT EC V3 50 -P RO PO WE R ON OF F PROCEDURE 5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws from the top and bottom of the front of the machine. See Figure F.17. 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six screws and their washers from around the input power switch. See Figure F.17. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four screws from around the two welder output terminals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.17. 4. Locate the control board behind the front panel of the machine. See Figure F.16. FIGURE F.17 CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL 5/16" Screws A MPS OLTS TS V OL CONTROL CONTR OL WELD TERMINALS REMOTE REMOTE LOCAL REMOTE REMOTE ON OUTPUT SELECT m SELECT WELD MODE HOT HO T STAR START CC-STICK SOFT Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC -2 8 1 9 0 0 +2 -4 7 2 SELECT Welder Output Terminal Screws 6 3 CV-WIRE CV-WIRE CV-FLUX CV -FLUX CORED 5 4 CC-STICK CRISP TIG GT GTAW ARC CONTROL CONTROL +4 -6 +6 -8 +8 -10 SOFT 10 ON +10 CRISP OFF OFF OF F OFF 5/16" Screws V350-PRO OFF OFF OFF OFF Input Power Switch Screws Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-53 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-53 CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) FIGURE F.18. - METAL PLATE LOCATION Metal Plate Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 5/16" Screws A AM PS V VO LT S A OU TP UT LIN C ELOLN EC TR IC WA RN IN G WEL D TE RM IN AL S IN RE MO TE SE VE LE CT RT EC V3 50 -P RO PO WE R ON Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC OF F Plug J8 CAUTION Observe static precautions detailed in PC Board Troubleshooting Procedures at the beginning of this section. 9. Using a 5/16” nut driver or a flathead screwdriver remove the metal plate on the top of the machine that holds the case front assembly to the center panel. There are two nylon cable ties that will need to be cut in order for the metal plate to be removed. See Figure F.18. 10. The control board is now accessible to replace. 8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled forward to gain access to the Control Board. Note: The front of the machine cannot be removed completely, only pulled forward a few inches. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-54 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 11.. Beginning at the right side of the machine remove plugs J10A and J10B. Note: Be sure to label each plugs position upon removal. See Figure F.19. 13. Working your way down the left side of the board, remove plugs #J4 and #J3. See Figure F.19. 12. Working your way across the top of the board from right to left, label and remove plugs #J9, #J8, #J7, #J6, and #J5. See Figure F.19. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC FIGURE F.19 CONTROL BOARD PLUG LOCATION Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC J5 J6 J9 J8 J7 J4 J3 J10A Return to Master TOC J10B Return to Section TOC F-54 t h ig R V350-PRO e d i S F-55 F-55 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 14. Using a 3/8” nut driver remove the four mounting nuts from the four corners of the control board. See Figure F.20. 16. Replace the control board. 15. Remove the control board. Note: Gentle prying from behind the board using a flathead screwdriver may be required. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC FIGURE F.20 CONTROL BOARD MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION Mounting Screws t h ig Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC R V350-PRO e d i S Return to Master TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR 17. Replace the four 3/8” mounting nuts at the corners of the board. 21. Replace the six phillips head screws and their washers from around the input power switch. 18. Replace plugs #J3, #J4, #J5, #J6, #J7, #J8, #J9, #J10B, and #J10A previously removed. 22. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws previously removed from the front of the machine 19. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the metal plate on the top of the machine that holds the case front assembly to the center panel. Replace all cable ties previously removed. 23. Replace the case wraparound cover. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-56 CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 20. Replace the four phillips head screws removed from the front of the machine located around the two welder output terminals. Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-56 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-57 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call or 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the display board for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 5/16” Nut Driver Flathead Screwdriver Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Phillips Head Screwdriver This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-57 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued) Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-58 FIGURE F.21 – DISPLAY BOARD LOCATION Display Board Status Board Mode Board C L1 S7 1D 11 30 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC -1 L1 11 07 1 -2 ST AT US IN PU T MO DE S ELE CT L1 11 10 -1 A AM PS V VO LTS A OU TP LIN UT C ELOLN EC TR IC WA RN IN G WEL D TE RM IN AL S IN RE MO TE SE VE LE CT RT EC V3 50 -P RO PO W ER ON Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC OF F PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 4. Locate the display board behind the front panel of the machine. See Figure F.21. V350-PRO F-58 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-59 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued) FIGURE F.22 – CASE FRONT SCREW LOCATION 5/16" Screws A MPS OLTS TS V OL CONTROL CONTR OL WELD TERMINALS Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC REMOTE REMOTE LOCAL SELECT m SELECT WELD MODE HOT STAR ART CC-STICK SOFT 5 4 CC-STICK CRISP ARC CONTR CONTROL OL 6 -2 8 2 CV-WIRE CV-WIRE SELECT CV-FLUX CV -FLUX CORED 1 9 0 Welder Output Terminal Screws ON OF F OFF +2 +4 -8 +8 -6 +6 -10 SOFT 10 0 -4 7 3 TIG GT GTAW OFF +10 CRISP OFF OFF Input Power Switch Screws 5/16" Screws 5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws from the top and bottom of the front of the machine. See Figure F.22. 6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six screws and their washers from around the input power switch. See Figure F.22. Return to Master TOC REMOTE REMOTE ON OUTPUT 8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled forward to gain access to the display Board. Note: The front of the machine cannot be removed completely, only pulled forward a few inches. 9. The display board is now accessible to replace. 7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four screws from around the two welder output terminals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.22. Return to Section TOC F-59 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-60 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued) 10. Remove plug #J37 from the display board. 11. Remove plug #J3 originating from the control board located directly across from the display board. 12. Remove the display board. Note: Gentle prying from behind the board may be required. 13. Replace the display board. 15. Replace the four phillips head screws removed from the front of the machine located around the two welder output terminals. 16. Replace the six phillips head screws and their washers from around the input power switch. 17. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws previously removed from the front of the machine 18. Replace the case wraparound cover. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC 14. Replace plugs #J3 and #J37 previously removed. Return to Section TOC F-60 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-61 DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the main switch board for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 5/16” Nut Driver Flathead Screwdriver Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 7/16” mm Socket 3/16” Allen Wrench 3/8” Nut Driver This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-61 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-62 MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued) FIGURE F.23 – MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS 202 207 J22 - + - Return to Master TOC 201 Return to Section TOC F-62 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR + 209 204 205 208 J21 J20 - + - + 206 203 1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC PROCEDURE 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. Return to Master TOC 6. Using a 7/16” socket, remove leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 from the switch board. Note lead terminals locations and washer positions upon removal. 7. Locate and disconnect the three harness plugs associated with the main switch board. Plugs #J20, #J21, #J22. See Figure F.23. CAUTION Return to Section TOC 5. Using a 5/16” and 3/8” nut driver remove the input lead shield from the area at the bottom of the main switch board. Observe static precautions detailed in PC Board Troubleshooting Procedures at the beginning of this section. Failure to do so can result in permanent damage to equipment. 8. Locate the eight capacitor terminals and remove the nuts using a 7/16” socket or nut driver. Note the position of the washers behind each nut for replacement. 4. Locate the main switch board and all associated plug and lead connections. See figure F.23. See Wiring Diagram. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-63 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued) FIGURE F.24 – 3/16” ALLEN BOLT LOCATION - + - + Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 3/16" ALLEN BOLTS - + - 9. Using a 3/16” allen wrench remove four allen bolts and washers as shown in Figure F.24. At this point, the board is ready for removal. Carefully remove the board from the 4 nylon mounting pins. Note: Depress the retaining pins on the sides of the nylon mounts to release the board. See Figure F.25. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 10. Carefully maneuver the board out of the machine. 11. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 to the IGBT heatsinks on the back of the new switch boards mating surfaces. Note: Keep compound away from the mounting holes. 12. Mount the new board on the nylon m o u n t ing pins. + 13. Replace the four allen bolts and washers previously removed. 14. Replace the eight capacitor terminal nuts, washers, and necessary leads previously removed. 15. Reconnect the three harness plugs previously removed. 16. Reconnect the nine leads (#201-#209) that were previously removed. 17. Pre-torque all screws to 25 inch lbs. before tightening to 44 inch lbs. 18. Replace the case wraparound cover. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC FIGURE F.25 – NYLON MOUNTING PIN DEPRESS LOCKING TAB ON MOUNTING PIN V350-PRO F-63 Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-64 NOTES V350-PRO F-64 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-65 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR MODE BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the mode board for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 5/16” Nut Driver Small Flathead Screwdriver Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Phillips Head Screwdriver 1/4” Wrench This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-65 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-66 MODE BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-66 FIGURE F.26 – MODE BOARD LOCATION Display Board Mode Board Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Status Board L1 L1 11 07 CS 71 11 D1 30 -1 -2 ST AT US IN PU T MO DE SE LE CT L1 11 10 -1 A AM PS V VO LT S A OU TP UT LIN C ELOLN EC TR IC WA RN IN G WEL D TE RM IN AL S IN RE MO TE SE VE LE CT RT EC V3 50 -P RO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC PO WE R ON OF F PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 4. Locate the mode board behind the front panel of the machine. See Figure F.26. V350-PRO F-67 F-67 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR MODE BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) FIGURE F.27 – CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL 5/16" Screws Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC A MPS OLTS TS V OL CONTROL CONTR OL WELD TERMINALS REMOTE REMOTE LOCAL SELECT m SELECT WELD MODE HOT START CC-STICK SOFT Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC ARC CONTROL 6 -2 8 2 CV-WIRE -WIRE CV SELECT CV-FLUX CV -FLUX CORED -4 7 3 TIG GTAW GT 1 9 0 +2 +4 +6 +8 -10 SOFT OFF OFF 0 -6 -8 10 ON ON OFF +10 CRISP OFF OFF Input Power Switch Screws 5/16" Screws 5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws from the top and bottom of the front of the machine. See Figure F.27. 6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six screws and their washers from around the input power switch. See Figure F.27. Return to Master TOC 5 4 CC-STICK CRISP Welder Output Terminal Screws Return to Section TOC REMOTE REMOTE ON OUTPUT 7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four screws from around the two welder output terminals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.27. 8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled forward to gain access to the mode board. Note: The front of the machine cannot be removed completely, only pulled forward a few inches. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-68 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR MODE BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) FIGURE F.28. – CASE FRONT A MPS OLTS TS V OL Return to Master TOC CONTROL CONTR OL Return to Section TOC F-68 WELD TERMINALS REMOTE REMOTE LOCAL REMOTE REMOTE ON OUTPUT SELECT m SELECT WELD MODE HOT HO T START ST CC-STICK SOFT 6 -2 8 2 CV-WIRE SELECT 1 9 0 0 +2 -4 7 3 TIG GTAW CV-FLUX CORED 5 4 CC-STICK CRISP ARC CONTROL CONTROL +4 +6 -6 -8 +8 -10 SOFT 10 +10 CRISP 5/16" Screws ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC OFF 9. Remove plug #J34 from the mode board. 10. Remove plug #J31 originating from the status board located directly above the mode board. 11. Open the cover of the weld mode display on the front of the machine. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 12. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the three 5/16” screws as shown in Figure F.28. 13. Carefully maneuver the the mode faceplate up and away from the machine. The bottom of the plate will come out first. Note: The mode board will still be attached to its mounting plate. 14. Place both knobs in the full counter clockwise position to gain access to the mounting screws. 15. Using a small flathead screwdriver, loosen the screw in the “Hot Start” knob and the “Arc Control” knob. The knobs should slide off of their shafts. See Figure F.29. 16. Using a 1/4” wrench remove the nuts and their washers behind the “Hot Start” and “Arc Control” knobs. 17. Remove the mode board by gently prying from behind the board. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-69 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-69 MODE BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) FIGURE F.29 – SCREW IN CAP Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Small Flathead Screwdriver 18. Replace the mode board. 19. Replace the 1/4” nuts and their washers that mount the “Hot Start” and “Arc Control” knobs. 20. Using a small screwdriver replace the two knobs previously removed. Be sure to place both potentiometers in the full counter clockwise position and position knobs for proper calibration. 23. Replace the four phillips head screws removed from the front of the machine located around the two welder output terminals. 24. Replace the six phillips head screws and their washers from around the input power switch. 25. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws previously removed from the front of the machine Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 26. Replace the case wraparound cover. 21. Replace the three 5/16” screws previously removed from the front of the machine located around the mode board knobs. 22. Replace plugs #J31 and #J34 previously removed. V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-70 NOTES V350-PRO F-70 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-71 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the status board for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 5/16” Nut Driver Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Flathead Screwdriver Phillips Head Screwdriver This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-71 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-72 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 4. Locate the status board behind the front panel of the machine. See Figure F.30. Display Board Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC FIGURE F.30 – STATUS BOARD LOCATION Status Board Mode Board C L1 S 71 11 D 30 1 -1 L1 11 07 -2 ST AT US IN PU T MO DE SE LE CT Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC L1 11 10 -1 A AM PS V VO LT S A OU TP UT LIN C ELOLN EC TR IC W AR NI NG WE LD TE RM IN ALS IN RE MO TE VE SE LE CT RT EC V3 50 -P RO PO W ER ON Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC OF F V350-PRO F-72 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-73 F-73 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws from the top and bottom of the front of the machine. See Figure F.31. 8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled forward to gain access to the status Board. Note: The front of the machine cannot be removed completely, only pulled forward a few inches. 6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six screws and their washers from around the input power switch. See Figure F.31. 9. The status board is now accessible to replace. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four screws from around the two welder output terminals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.31. FIGURE F.31 – FRONT SCREW REMOVAL 5/16" Screws A MPS V OLTS Return to Master TOC REMOTE ON OUTPUT SELECT m SELECT WELD MODE HOT HO T ST STAR ART CC-STICK SOFT ARC CONTR CONTROL OL 6 -2 8 2 CV-WIRE CV-WIRE SELECT 1 9 0 ON OFF 5/16" Screws V350-PRO +2 +4 -8 +8 -6 +6 -10 SOFT 10 0 -4 7 3 TIG GT GTAW CV-FLUX CV -FLUX CORED 5 4 CC-STICK CRISP Welder Output Terminal Screws Return to Section TOC WELD TERMINALS REMOTE LOCAL Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC CONTROL O FF FF +10 CRISP O FF FF O FF FF Input Power Switch Screws Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-74 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 10. Remove plug #J311 and plug #J31 from the status board. 11. Remove plug #J37 originating from the display board located directly above the status board. 12. Remove the status board. Note: Gentle prying from behind the board will be required. 16. Replace the four phillips head screws removed from the front of the machine located around the two welder output terminals. 17. Replace the six phillips head screws and their washers from around the input power switch. 18. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws previously removed from the front of the machine 13. Replace the status board. 19. Replace the case wraparound cover. Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC 14. Replace plug #J37 previously removed. Return to Section TOC F-74 15. Replace plug #J31 and plug #J311 previously removed. V350-PRO F-75 F-75 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the snubber board for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 5/16” Nut Driver Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC This procedure takes approximately 15 minutes to perform. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 7/16 Socket or Nut Driver V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-76 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-76 SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 4. Locate the snubber board.. See Figure F.32. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC FIGURE F.32 – SNUBBER BOARD LOCATION Snubber Board LEFT SIDE Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 5. Remove small lead #B1 from the board. Figure F.33. See 6. Remove the four bolts using a 7/16” socket. Two of these bolts have leads #30 and #10 connected to them. Note the position of all leads and associated washers upon removal. 8. Replace the snubber board. 9. Replace the bolts, leads, and washers previously removed. Torque bolt to 30-40 Inch Lbs. 10. Replace the case wraparound cover. 7. Carefully remove the snubber board. FIGURE F.33 – SNUBBER BOARD LEADS (CLOSE UP) Lead 30 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Lead B1 Lead 10 V350-PRO F-77 F-77 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the power board for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 5/16” Nut Driver Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Flathead Screwdriver Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-78 POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) FIGURE F.34 POWER BOARD LOCATION POWER BOARD Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-78 LEFT SIDE PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 4. Locate the power board. See Figure F.34. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-79 F-79 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 5. Locate the three plug connections. J41, J42 and J43. See figure F.35. 6. Carefully remove the three plugs from the power board. 7. Remove the four screws and associated washers at the corners of the board using a flathead screwdriver. Board is ready for removal. Note the position of washers upon removal. 9. Replace with new power board. 10. Secure the new power board into its proper position with the four screws and washers previously removed. 11. Replace the three plugs previously removed. Plugs J41, J42 and J43. 12. Replace the case wraparound cover. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 8. Remove the power board. FIGURE F.35 – POWER BOARD LEAD LOCATION Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC J42 J41 J43 V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-80 NOTES V350-PRO F-80 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-81 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the input rectifier for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 3/16” Allen wrench Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 5/16” Nut Driver Flathead Screwdriver Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound Silicon Sealant This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-81 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-82 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) PROCEDURE 6. Remove the six screws from the terminals using a flathead screwdriver. Carefully note the position of all leads and their positions upon removal. See Figure F.37. 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 7. Using a 3/16”in. allen wrench remove the two mounting screws and washers from the input bridge. See Figure F.37. 4. Locate the input rectifier. See figure F.36. 8. Remove the input bridge. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 5. Carefully remove the silicon sealant insulating the six input rectifier terminals. FIGURE F.36 – INPUT RECTIFIER LOCATION INPUT RECTIFIER A AM PS V VO LTS A OU LIN TP C ELOLN EC TR IC W AR NI NG UT WE LD TE RM IN ALS IN RE M OT E VE SE LE CT RT EC V3 50 -P RO PO W ER ON Return to Master TOC OF Return to Section TOC F-82 F V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-83 F-83 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 9. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink compound to the point of contact between the input rectifier and the mounting surface. 10. Secure the new input bridge into its proper position with the two 3/16”in. allen mounting screws previously removed. Torque to 44 inch pounds. 11. Reconnect the previously removed leads to their proper locations. Torque to 31 inch pounds. 12. Cover the input rectifier and its six terminals with silicon sealant. 13. Replace the case wraparound cover. Return to Master TOC Small Lead "H1" To Auxiliary Transformer 3/16" ALLEN BOLTS C B #207 #207A Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC FIGURE F.37 – INPUT RECTIFIER (CLOSE-UP) Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC A #209 FRONT REAR V350-PRO Small Lead "A" To Circuit Breaker Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-84 NOTES V350-PRO F-84 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-85 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the output rectifier modules for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 3/16” Allen wrench Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 9/64” Allen wrench 5/16” Nut Driver 7/16” Wrench Flathead Screwdriver Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound Thin Knife/Screwdriver Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform. V350-PRO F-85 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-86 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. Return to Master TOC 6. After the snubber board is removed, remove the four leads connected to the modules using a 3/16” allen wrench. These leads are #X4, #X2, #20, #40. Note their positions for reassembly. See Figure F.38. FIGURE F.38 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE LEAD LOCATIONS Lead #20 Return to Section TOC 5. Before the output rectifier modules can be reached, the Snubber Board Removal Procedure must be performed. 7. Remove the copper plates from the tops of the modules. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 4. Locate the output rectifier modules located behind the snubber board. See figure F.38. Lead #X2 Lead #X4 Lead #40 Snubber Board Return to Master TOC LEFT SIDE Return to Section TOC F-86 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC F-87 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 8. Under the copper plate previously removed, there is an allen bolt. Remove it using a 9/64” allen wrench. 13. The screw threads may catch on the threads of the heat sink, so be sure to get the face of the screw into contact with the surface of the module (using just hand torque). 9. Using a 7/16” socket remove the mounting bolts at the top and bottom of the modules. See Figure F.39. 14. Using a 7/16” socket, tighten each mounting bolt to between 5 and 10 inch pounds. 10. The output rectifier modules are ready for removal and/or replacement. 15 Tighten the center allen screw to between 12 and 18 inch pounds. 11. Before replacing the diode module, apply a thin even coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink compound to the bottom surface of the diode module. Note: Keep the compound away from the mounting holes. 16. Tighten each mounting bolt again (30 to 40 inch pounds this time). 12. Press the module firmly against the sink while aligning the mounting holes. Insert each outer screw through a spring washer and then a plain washer and into the holes. Start threading all three screws into the heat sink (2 or 3 turns by hand). 15. Replace leads #X2, #X4, #20, #40 to their original terminals in their proper positions. Torque bolts to 30-40 Inch Pounds. 16. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 17. Replace the case wraparound cover. FIGURE F.39 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE MOUNTING BOLT LOCATIONS Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Mounting Bolts Return to Section TOC F-87 3/16" Allen Bolts 9/64" Allen Bolts Mounting Bolts LEFT SIDE V350-PRO Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-88 NOTES V350-PRO F-88 F-89 F-89 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT WARNING Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD). DESCRIPTION The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the current transducer for maintenance or replacement. MATERIALS NEEDED 5/16” Nut Driver 1/4” Nut Driver Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 1/2” Wrench 3/8” Wrench Channel Locks Flathead Screwdriver Phillips Head Screwdriver Hammer Crescent Wrench Pliers Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-90 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-90 CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) PROCEDURE 1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wraparound cover. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 5. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the two mounting screws from each wire feeder receptacle. See Figure F.40. 6. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws from the top and bottom of the back of the machine. See Figure F.40. 4. Remove the caps on the two wire feeder receptacles. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC FIGURE F.40 – CASE BACK SCREW LOCATIONS REAR OFF Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC OFF OFF OFF Wire Feeder Receptacle Mounting Screws Plastic Nut Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 5/16" Mounting Screws V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-91 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 7. Label and remove the four leads connected to the two wire feeder circuit breakers. Pliers may be necessary. 11. Locate the steel nut located directly on the other side of the rear assembly behind the plastic nut that was previously removed. See Figure F.41. 8. Label and remove the two leads connecting to the CB2 circuit breaker. Pliers may be necessary. 12. Using a hammer and a flathead screwdriver, firmly tap the metal nut from the bottom of one of its ribs. This tapping will loosen the nut. Note: Be sure to tap from the bottom so the nut loosens in a counter clockwise fashion if viewed from the front of the machine. 9. Label and remove the seven leads from the reconnect panel. Pliers may be necessary. Return to Master TOC 10. Using a crescent wrench, remove the large plastic nut from around the input power line located at bottom of the rear assembly. See Figure F.41. Return to Section TOC F-91 13. Using a 3/8” wrench label and remove leads #202, #203, #206, #207A from the reconnect switches. See Figure F.41. FIGURE F.41 LEAD LOCATIONS #206 #202 #207A Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC #203 A AM PS V VO LTS A OU LIN TP C ELOLN EC TR IC WA RN IN G UT WE LD IN R EM O TE VE TE RM IN AL S SE LE CT RT EC V3 50 -P RO PO W t u ut N N tal stic e M Pla ER ON Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC O FF V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-92 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 14. The back of the machine may now gently be pulled away to gain access to the current transducer. Note: The rear of the machine cannot be removed completely. 19. Using a 3/8” wrench, remove the four mounting screws from the output diode heatsink assembly. Take note placement of insulation for reassembly. See Figure F.42. 15. Carefully swing the rear of the machine open to the right while facing the rear of the machine. 20. Cut any necessary cable ties and carefully remove the heavy lead from the diode heatsink. 16. Perform the Procedure. 21. Remove the output diode heatsink assembly through the rear of the machine. Snubber Board Removal Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC 17. Remove leads #X2 and #20 from the output diode module. Return to Section TOC F-92 18. Remove leads #X4 and #40 from the other output diode module. 22. Remove plug #J90 from the current transducer. 23. Using a 3/8” nut driver, remove the two mounting nuts from the current transducer. FIGURE F.42– OUTPUT HEATSINK MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION FOUR 3/8" MOUNTING BOLTS LEFT SIDE V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-93 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-93 CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued) 24. Replace the current transducer. 25. Replace the two 3/8” mounting nuts previously removed. 26. Reconnect plug #J90 to the current transducer. 33. Using a 3/8” wrench, replace leads #202, #203, #206, and #207A previously removed from the reconnect switches. 34. Tighten the metal nut previously removed from the inside of the rear wall on the back of the machine. Channel locks may be necessary. 27. Replace any necessary cable ties previously cut. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 28. Replace the output diode heatsink assembly previously removed using a 3/8” wrench. Note: Be sure to place insulation in its original location. 35. Replace the large plastic nut from around input power line located at the back of the machine. 36. Replace the seven leads to the reconnect panel in their proper locations. 37. Replace the two leads to the CB2 circuit breaker. 29. Replace leads #X2, #20, #X4, #40 previously removed from the two output diode modules. Torque to 30-40 inch lbs. 38. Replace the four leads to the two wire feeder circuit breakers. 30. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement Procedure. 39. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the four screws at the top and bottom at the rear of the machine. 31. From the rear of the machine, replace the heavy flex lead to the bottom of the output diode heatsink assembly using a 1/2” wrench. Note: Don’t forget to include all washers. 40. Replace the two phillips head mounting screws from around each wire feeder receptacle. 41. Replace the case wraparound cover. Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC 32. The rear of the machine may now be placed back into its original position. V350-PRO TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR F-94 RETEST AFTER REPAIR Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC F-94 Retest a machine: If it is rejected under test for any reason that requires you to remove any part which could affect the machine’s electrical characteristics. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC If you repair or replace any electrical components: IDLE AMPS Input Volts Maximum Idle Amps Idle Watts 230VAC Less Than 1.0 Amp 400 Watts 460VAC Less Than 0.5 Amp 400 Watts 575VAC Less Than 0.5 Amp 400 Watts Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Master TOC Note: The machine’s output terminals should be energized but with no external load on the machine. PERFORM THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE This procedure is necessary to insure that the machine is capable of producing output and that the unit is calibrated correctly. FAN AS NEEDED (F.A.N.) The fan should turn on when the machine’s output terminals are energized and stay on for approximately 5 minutes after the output terminals are de-energized. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC G-1 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS TABLE OF CONTENTS -ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SECTION- ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MACHINE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #1 . . . CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #2 . . . CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #3 . . . CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #4 . . . CONTROL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . SWITCH PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . SWITCH PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . DISPLAY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . DISPLAY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . STATUS PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . STATUS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . MODE SELECT PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . MODE SELECT PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . REMOTE PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . REMOTE PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . SNUBBER PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . SNUBBER PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC G-1 V350-PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION G G-2 G-3 G-4 G-5 G-6 G-7 G-8 G-9 G-10 G-11 G-12 G-13 G-14 G-15 G-16 G-17 G-18 G-19 G-20 G-21 G-22 WIRING DIAGRAM - INVERTEC V350-PRO WIRING DIAGRAM INVERTEC V350-PRO INPUT PER N.A. RIGHT SIDE OF MACHINE C1,C3 + Return to Master TOC G-2 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS } Return to Section TOC G-2 206 SWITCH 1001,1002, 1010,1020 3200/300 203 J20 607 615 716 715 611 612 609 602 205 5 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 208 209 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 1010 1020 610 605 608 616 1001 1002 J21 1002 1020 1001 1010 903 3 2 5 901 1 4 804 4 8 6 1 J9 G R V W 1 W B U 2 2 J22 2 3 4 201 204 J10A J11 J10B CB1 100 A CIRCUIT BREAKER 502 202 3 7 2 6 1 5 716 15 4A J331 715 7 UT 1 11 5 16 PR I-O 6 1 FAN FAN B PR I-I N P52 R E M O T E J33 6 2 C SE INPUT BRIDGE CB2 A 2A H2 380415V 550575V H6 200208V 440460V H5 554 207A 220230V H3 553 + D _ E _ PR I-O MAIN XFMR A TP3 CHOKE C SE BO T OS X10 605 610 612 611 602 609 X4 X40 X10 503 506 L2 REACTOR 502 503 B B TP2 505 C F H1 J42 X2 X4 OUTPUT RECTIFIER 6A CB1 541 24/42V WIRE FEEDER REMOTE (REAR VIEW ) 32 2A CB2 E F 532 31 66B X30 21 X20 X40 75A 75B 77B 77A 76B 76A 115V WIRE FEEDER REMOTE SNB X10 S N U B B E R 4 2 5 2 ~ 65B ~ 54 8 2 9 3 65 432 431 438 432 405 403 10 4 406 J43 7 1 + 41 J GND B K I 2A 2B C L N H 4A D M G 4B 66 65 41A A I 1 1 P O W E R 11 5 12 6 5 11 4 10 3 9 2 8 1 7 10 7 15 4 9 6 14 3 8 5 13 2 7 4 12 1 6 C O N T R O L 3 11 2 10 1 9 2 4 1 3 J5 J4 6 5 4 4 2 75 77 76 76A 554 553 552 551 4321 4 J90 77 76 901 + 77A + E 2 2A 75 75A 5 10 D 4 9 R1 901A J311 2 4 1 3 J37 277 276 275 D I S P L A Y 277 R5 C A 901B S1 J34 F TP4 5 B 6 PIN REMOTE 3 8 2 7 1 6 21B 21 276 10K/2W 275 CONTROL POT J31 M O D E (REAR VIEW ) TP6 903A 5 10 4 9 3 8 2 7 1 6 903 J2 _ Return to Master TOC 9 3 8 2 7 1 6 J3 9 8 7 10 9 8 7 6 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 FLEX CIRCUIT FLEX CIRCUIT FLEX CIRCUIT FLEX CIRCUIT P55 438 431 401 402 1 2 3 551 552 4 COLOR CODE: B = BLACK G = GREEN R = RED W = WHITE U = BLUE N = BROWN Y = YELLOW 21,21B,2A,4A, Return to Section TOC 10 4 TP5 (REAR VIEW) NOTES 75A,76A,77A : N.A. 1. FOR MACHINES SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. CONNECT BLACK AND WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT. WRAP RED LEAD WITH TAPE TO PROVIDE 600V. INSULATION. FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. CONNECT BLACK, RED & WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT. 2. FOR MACHINES NOT SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES. CONNECT TERMINALS U & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT. FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES. CONNECT TERMINALS U, V & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT. 5 903B C5 2400/80 66 J K 3 J41 3 CONTROL RECTIFIER - 42 41B 41 L N H 21B 24 D M G 4B E F 75B 77B 76B A 6 412 407 411 410 408 4 6 12 16 12 11 10 32 B J6 8 506 C 207 GND 41B 2B C 608 616 607 615 X30 TP1 GAS SOLENOID + PR I-I N A A A J1 X20 L1 X30 REACTOR + A X3 X 1 T OS 402 408 401 407 ( 380-575VAC POSITION ) N.C. 208 AUXILIARY XFMR 202 BO UT H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 REAR OF MACHINE 206 7 410 403 3 204 X2 406 412 405 411 24V COM1 28V 42V 115V FAN 207A COM2 COM2A 203 806 801 804 802 24 541 532 31 42 54 41A P56 PRIMARY RECONNECT 16 205 S T A T U S CURRENT TRANSDUCER J7 H4 Return to Master TOC 802 806 801 xxxxxxx Return to Master TOC FAN COM2 115V FAN 505 +C2,C4 A B C I Return to Section TOC 207 J8 201 209 Return to Section TOC xxxxxxx 3200/300 FRONT OF MACHINE 1 LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE N.B. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY HAVING A COMMON CODE NUMBER. N.C. PLACE "A" LEAD ON APPROPRIATE CONNECTION FOR INPUT VOLTAGE. CONNECTION SHOWN IS FOR 550-575V OPERATION. J1,J6,J7, P52 CASE FRONT BASE MODE PANEL J2,J5,J11, J22, J41, J311, P55 J9, J42, P53 J31,J33, J34,J37 J8, J20,J21 J10A, J10B J43, J331 1 8 1 5 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 6 1 9 16 6 10 3 4 4 6 5 8 7 12 2 PROTECTIVE BONDING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE (VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD) 6-2-2000A G3707 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. The wiring diagram specific to your code is pasted inside one of the enclosure panels of your machine. V350-PRO SWITCH BOARD CR1 205 B-OUT J21-6 616 S J21-7 V/F CONVERTER # 2 J21-3 + Dashed lines represent copper bus connections. 4200 uF J21-4 J21-8 - 207 FAN 607 716 (-) (+) X2 FR-IN X3 BK-IN 506 505 1010 502 612 28V 42 24V J52-5 42V J52-7 J56-1 power down signal +15 (a) MACHINE CONTROL +5 (a) POWER GND (a) SUPPLY -15 (a) POWER BOARD COM2 24 54 COM2A COM2 115A 532 J52-1 115B COM1 541 J52-16 COM1A 41A J56-6 J52-11 31 FAN 42 J45-2 +40 VDC 66 J45-1 21B 75B 24 41 M C 552 76 77 4B 21 75B H I 31 J K A B 2B F M L C 75A E D C 2A 4B 77A 76A 4A AMPHENOLS VIEWED FROM FRONT (OUTSIDE OF MACHINE) 554 GAS SOLENOID (option) +10 Volts J4-11 LOCAL / REMOTE CONTROL HOT START 4 3 J9,J42,P53 1 3 4 6 J8,J20, J21 4 1 J4-3 +5V SPI (b) SPI POWER SUPPLY SPI GND (b) RS232 +5 RS232 (e) supply GND (e) J43-6 J43-12 J43-4 402 401 406 402 401 406 J4-2 +15V SPI (b) J4-1 J4-6 GND SPI (b) +5V RS232 (e) 405 405 J4-5 GND (e) +20 (c) J43-8 438 CHOPPER GND (c) POWER SUPPLY +20 (d) GND (d) J43-2 432 J43-7 J43-1 431 J43-9 10 J2,J5,J11, J22,J41, J311,P55 2 1 +5V (a) GND (a) -15V (a) 411 5 8 J43, J331 6 1 7 12 J10A, J10B 1 CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE (VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD) FLEX CIRCUIT MODE SELECT 16 6 POWERDOWN SIGNAL (HIGH=RUN) +15V (a) LOCAL CONTROL CC - STICK 7018 CC - STICK 6010 TIG GTAW CV - WIRE CV - FLUX CORE 9 2 75 (front of machine) J4-7 J4-12 J4-8 J4-10 403 ARC CONTROL FLEX CIRCUIT REMOTE REMOTE LOCAL ON STATUS PANEL WELD TERMINALS ON / OFF AMPS VOLTS J3-1 J3-2 J3-3 J3-4 J3-5 J3-6 J3-7 J3-8 J3-9 J3-10 (+)15 VOLT SPI (+)5 VOLT SPI /SS CS1 CS2 CS3 MISO SCK MOSI GROUND SPI NOTES : N.A. PC BOARD COMPONENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN. DISPLAY PANEL MODE SELECT PANEL ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 + Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 32 D 6 Pin Ampehnol G N B 2 8 J31,J33, 1 J34,J37 5 VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (+) VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (-) PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (-) PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (+) GND (a) SOFT START CONTROL PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE + 15 (a) FAN CONTROL FLEX CIRCUIT 275 277 115 Volt Amphenol (bottom amphenol on back of machine) E J6-5 J6-10 J10B-1 J10B-2 J6-11 J6-12 J6-15 J6-7 J7-15 J7-16 403 438 431 FLEX CIRCUIT 4 F A 605 610 1010 1020 611 612 615 607 715 716 407 412 408 410 J31-10 J31-9 J31-8 J31-7 J31-6 J31-5 J31-4 J31-3 J31-2 J31-1 77B 76B 2B J42-3 J42-5 408 410 GROUND SPI MOSI SCK MISO CS3 CS2 THERMAL CS1 /SS (+)5 VOLT SPI NO CONNECTION 24 / 42 Volt Amphenol (top amphenol on back of machine) 41B P55-1 P55-2 P55-3 P55-4 407 412 J31-1 J31-2 J31-3 J31-4 J31-5 J31-6 J31-7 J31-8 J31-9 J31-10 B 551 THERMOSTAT 411 E D J42-4 J42-1 GROUND SPI MOSI SCK MISO CS3 CS2 CS1 /SS (+)5 VOLT SPI NO CONNECTION L THERMOSTAT J5-2 276 N K A J5-3 502 J43-1 +5 SPI (b) +15 SPI (b) F J311-1 J311-2 J311-3 LOCAL CONTROL J311-4 J 41A LOCAL CONTROL LOCAL CONTROL NO CONNECTION I 41B G 66B J31-10 J31-9 J31-8 J31-7 J31-6 J31-5 J31-4 J31-3 J31-2 J31-1 H GROUND SPI MOSI SCK MISO CS3 CS2 CS1 /SS + 5 VOLT SPI NO CONNECTION 32 503 J42-2 65B 65 NO CONNECTION J331-12 "2" LEAD J331-11 "77" LEAD J331-10 J331-9 14 PIN'S "76" LEAD J331-8 SOLENOID COIL (+) SOLENOID SUPPLY (+) J331-7 14 PIN'S "4" LEAD J331-6 J331-5 6 PIN'S "4" LEAD J331-4 "75" LEAD 6 PIN'S "76" LEAD J331-3 SOLENOID COIL (-) J331-2 SOLENOID SUPPLY (-) J331-1 GROUND SPI J31-10 MOSI J31-9 SCK J31-8 J31-7 MISO CS3 J31-6 CS2 J31-5 CS1 J31-4 J31-3 /SS + 5 VOLT SPI J31-2 NO CONNECTION J31-1 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 54 541 CB1 6A 41 2A J1,J6,J7, P52 1 505 115B 532 (+) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE (-) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE 506 715 FAN J9-1 J9-3 C2/TP2 320V .05uF 160J 600V 503 611 615 115 VAC 901 903 NEGATIVE THERMOSTAT REACTOR SNB J20-7 SOFT START J20-3 high = softstart off J20-1 (+) PULSE TRANSFORMER J20-5 J20-2 FAN CONTROL J20-6 J22-4 J22-1 J22-2 FAN POWER J22-3 (200-208) (220-230) (380-415) (440-460) (550-575) H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 TRANSFORMER (-) CURRENT FEEDBACK ( 4V=500A ) +15V -15V CONTROL BOARD COMMON - B1 1020 J8-1 J8-2 J8-4 J8-6 C1/TP1 320V .05uF 160J TP3 600V 150V 80J R1 21 MAIN CHOKE 903A 201 Shown connected for 200 - 240 Volt Input Voltage AUXILIARY 610 CURRENT TRANSDUCER S1 21B 901B 903B 2 2A 605 S - xxxxxxx Return to Master TOC 4200 uF A GND X2 0 A-OUT + L3 G GREEN 6 204 NEG 801 802 804 806 POSITIVE + X1 AC1 A 801 802 804 806 901A X4 0 202 TP1 L3 3 B U BLACK S 7 AC2 B-IN S V RED 208 I OUT J90-3 +15V J90-1 -15V J90-2 GND J90-4 X1 0 TP3 TP2 L2 - 203 A-IN 4200 uF POS AC3 OUTPUT DIODES S INPUT LINES H1 C J6-9 J6-2 J6-16 J6-8 J10A-1 J10A-2 REACTOR S + J21-2 608 J21-1 1001 J21-5 1002 X3 0 V/F CONVERTER # 1 X4 - L1 W WHITE SNUBBER BOARD +15V MAIN RELAY CONTROL VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (+) VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (-) PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (-) PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (+) 609 602 616 608 1001 1002 S 4200 uF MAIN TRANSFORMER 206 CONTROL BOARD 602 J20-8 250 Ohms 209 RECONNECT SWITCH 609 J20-4 MAIN CR1 INPUT RELAY xxxxxxx Return to Master TOC SCHEMATIC - COMPLETE MACHINE 100 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER / INPUT SWITCH Return to Section TOC G-3 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS + Return to Section TOC G-3 REMOTE BOARD 553 graphical representation of potentiometer connection NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. ENHANCED WIRING DIAGRAM 6-2-2000A V350-PRO /RES D32 1SMB5931 1.5W 18V 100pF /RES 3 475 9 +15V (3) 2 BAV99 D78 3 R84 R35 22.1K 13 3 820pF CAPB_UV D6 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V D8 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V 820pF C72 C69 4700pF (3) 820pF +15V 10 D17 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V 3 2 1 R99 10.0K C46 R100 475K 1uF 35V 2 J5 J5 1 J5 3 2.21K R2 47.5 C2 4 R3 R34 1uF 35V INT_1_3PH (4) (4) G1 V1 11 G2 V2 19 G3 V3 37 G4 V4 47 G5 V5 61 G6 V6 72 G7 V7 86 G8 V8 89 G9 G10 V9 109 G11 V10 121 G12 V11 135 G13 V12 144 G14 2 12 20 35 48 54 62 74 82 91 107 120 128 134 CRYSTAL 85 83 /RES 92 93 80 TSC /BERR 94 FREEZE 81 /BKPT 79 FPGA_RESET 114 FPGA_DONE 113 LEVEL_IN 112 RMC 111 /AS 106 /DS 110 SOFTST 105 MN_CNT 104 RMC /AS /DS (4) +5V J6 12 OUTPUT_ON 102 SYS_RESET 101 PWRDN_INT 100 99 FAULT_INT 98 FPGA_INT 97 INT_CAN 96 FPGA_BAD INT_100 95 FPGA_INT INT_CAN FPGA_BAD (4) (2) (4) C67 C73 0.1uF 0.1uF FAULT SIGNAL RED C68 D 0.1uF D D LED7 +5V TPU0 TPU1 TPU2 TPU3 TPU4 TPU5 TPU6 750 D +5V +5V +5V X17 CLK_8 CLK SCK7 CMP4 /RES THERMOSTAT SSOUT OVR_CUR FET_B CAPA_OV CAPA_UV FET_A MN_CNT FAULT_INT PRI_OC PWRDN_INT MN_OUT SPI_LATCH7 43 44 1 36 34 33 J1 J1 J1 J1 J1 40 41 42 2 3 5 6 7 8 12 13 14 16 18 GCK1 GCK2 GCK3 GTS1 GTS2 GSR IO1A IO2A IO4A IO6A IO8A IO9A IO10A IO11A IO12A IO13A IO14A IO15A IO16A IO17A TCK TMS TDI TDO IO1B IO2B IO4B IO7B IO8B IO9B IO10B IO11B IO12B IO13B IO14B IO15B IO16B IO17B CPLD 8 9 11 10 9 24 39 38 37 32 31 30 29 28 27 23 22 21 20 19 11 10 MISO7 RESET_RAMP STROBE_AD CAPB_UV CAPB_OV CLR_CAP CMP0 CMP2 CRYSTAL OUTPUT_ON SOFTST DISABLE_455 R174 (4) (3) (3) (2) MISO (4) MOSI (3,4) SCK (3,4) SPI_CS0 (4) SPI_CS1 (4) SPI_CS2 (4) SPI_CS3 (4) RS232_TXD (2) RS232_RXD (2) 13 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 24 23 22 21 17 16 15 14 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 75 76 EXTAL XTAL XFC CLKOUT CSBOOT' RESET' BR' /CS0' HALT' BG' /CS1' TSC BGACK' /CS2' BERR' IPIPE' /DSO FREEZE IFETCH' / DSI BKPT'/DSCLK R/W DSACK0' /PE0 A0 DSACK1' /PE1 A1 AVEC' /PE2 A2 RMC' /PE3 A3 AS'/PE4 A4 DS'/PE5 A5 SIZ0 /PE6 A6 SIZ1 /PE7 A7 A8 PF0/ MODCLK A9 PF1/ IRQ1' A10 PF2/ IRQ2' A11 PF3/ IRQ3' A12 PF4/ IRQ4' A13 PF5/ IRQ5' A14 PF6/ IRQ6' A15 PF7/ IRQ7' A16 A17 T2CLK TPUCH0 PC3/CS6' /A18 TPUCH1 PC4/CS7' /A19 TPUCH2 PC5/CS8' /A20 TPUCH3 PC6/CS9' /A21 A22 TPUCH4 CS10' /A23 TPUCH5 TPUCH6 PC0/CS3' /FC0 TPUCH7 PC1/CS4' /FC1 TPUCH8 PC2/CS5' /FC2 TPUCH9 TPUCH10 D0 D1 TPUCH11 D2 TPUCH12 D3 TPUCH13 TPUCH14 D4 D5 TPUCH15 D6 PQS0/MISO D7 PQS1/MOSI D8 PQS2/SCK D9 PQS3/PCS0/ SS' D10 PQS4/PCS1 D11 PQS5/PCS2 D12 PQS6/PCS3 D13 PQS7/TXD D14 RXD D15 MC68332PV +5V 11 X30 1 11 11 11 11 11 14 12 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 48 17 16 26 11 28 47 /RES ADDR1 ADDR2 ADDR3 ADDR4 ADDR5 ADDR6 ADDR7 ADDR8 ADDR9 ADDR10 ADDR11 ADDR12 ADDR13 ADDR14 ADDR15 ADDR16 ADDR17 ADDR18 ADDR19 /CSB R/W X25 WP' VPP RP' VCC A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 D0 A5 D1 A6 D2 A7 D3 A8 D4 A9 D5 A10 D6 A11 D7 A12 D8 A13 D9 A14 D10 A15 D11 A16 D12 A17 D13 A18 D14 CE' D15 WE' GND1 OE' GND2 BYTE' 0.1uF 29 31 33 35 38 40 42 44 30 32 34 36 39 41 43 45 46 27 +5V TE28F800B5-B90 10 C111 13 37 512Kx16 FLASH ADDR[1:19] MMBT4401 D 2 R/W X24 15 2 D (3) 1 11 DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 DATA6 DATA7 DATA11 DATA3 DATA8 D DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 DATA4 DATA5 DATA6 DATA7 DATA8 DATA9 DATA10 DATA11 DATA12 DATA13 DATA14 DATA15 D 87 90 CLK (1,4) 140 /CSB 141 /CS0 142 /CS1 143 /CS2 77 /IPIPE 78 /IFETCH 103 R/W 115 39 ADDR1 40 ADDR2 41 ADDR3 42 ADDR4 43 ADDR5 44 ADDR6 45 ADDR7 46 ADDR8 49 ADDR9 50 ADDR10 51 ADDR11 52 ADDR12 56 ADDR13 57 ADDR14 58 ADDR15 60 ADDR16 63 ADDR17 64 ADDR18 6 ADDR19 7 DSP_RESET 8 VPP_CTRL 9 IACK 10 CAN_CS 3 4FPGA_CS 5 FUNCEN 12 4 J1 J1 +5V (4) (3) (2) ADDR1 ADDR2 ADDR3 ADDR4 ADDR5 ADDR6 ADDR7 ADDR8 ADDR9 ADDR10 ADDR11 ADDR12 ADDR13 ADDR14 ADDR15 ADDR16 ADDR17 (3) (4) 139 138 137 136 133 132 131 130 127 125 124 122 119 118 117 116 DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 DATA4 DATA5 DATA6 DATA7 DATA8 DATA9 DATA10 DATA11 DATA12 DATA13 DATA14 DATA15 44 43 42 27 26 25 24 21 20 19 18 5 4 3 2 1 22 ADDR[1:19] /CS2 R/W /CS2 /CS0 /CS1 D (3) (4) (4) /CS0 /CS1 6 17 41 39 40 (4) (4) X27 A0 VCC1 A1 VCC2 A2 A3128KX16 A4 SRAM A5 A6 D0 A7 D1 A8 D2 A9 D3 A10 D4 A11 D5 A12 D6 A13 D7 A14 D8 A15 D9 A16 D10 D11 D12 CE' D13 WE' D14 OE' D15 LB' GND1 UB' GND2 IS61C12816 BANK1 C113 11 33 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 29 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 0.1uF D DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 DATA4 DATA5 DATA6 DATA7 DATA8 DATA9 DATA10 DATA11 DATA12 DATA13 DATA14 DATA15 12 34 D DATA[0:15] 820pF (4) D NOISE_GND D C74 /DS /RES 1 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 D 47.5 D19 BAV99 NOISE_GND D (3) 1.00K D2 R33 10.0K J5 R32 D NOISE_GND MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V 1 SINGLE/THREE PHASE DETECT EN-170 D 14 3 Q20 D +5V FPGA_RESET FPGA_DONE 3 (2) (1) (4) (4) /BKPT PWRDN_INT 3 1 Q19 R179 3.32K 2 X23 VDD 1 RES' 1 VSS MMBT4401 3 S80746AN 4.6V/2% 10.0K R254 R183 2 1.00K C4 /RES 3 Q10 3 10A,100V NOISE_GND 22.1K R169 CAPBUV 1 FREEZE 4 +5V OUTPUT_ON (4) SYS_RESET (2,3,4) NOISE_GND (4) 2 R203 CAPB_OV 1.00k 4 CAP0 X30 R168 FILTER CAPACITOR VOLTAGE MONITORING Return to Master TOC D 74AC14 22.1K CAPBOV 820pF J6 475 R37 5 C6 J6 820pF 1 R39 BAV99 D79 3 1 1 R85 820pF NOISE_GND 22.1K J6 2 C71 3 10A,100V 2 IRLR120N C142 0V = NORMAR 5V = FAULT J6 CAPA_UV C70 J6 2 11 +15V /RES 0.1uF D7 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V 820pF 1 +5V 1.00K C3 1 1 CAPA_OV R135 CAPAUV C5 J6 1.00k R136 D5 J6 22.1K CAPAOV MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V J6 NOISE_GND 2 (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) S1G Q9 475 D 5 13 X30 1uF 35V 10.0k R189 Return to Master TOC R38 10 C141 0.1uF 0V = NORMAR 5V = FAULT S1G J6 26 15 35 74AC14 D25 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V 26.7K /BERR 330pF C104 D 9 2 IRLR120N R187 /RES 6 D3 +5V +15V J7 D4 NOISE_GND 7 3 1 Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q THERMOSTAT D THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING "X" INFO. XM5626 XA Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: DRAWN BY: F.V. ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN APPROVED: SUPERSEDING: EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: NONE INVERTER WELDERS DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.: G 3789-1D0/1 SOLID EDGE 475 LEVEL_IN VCCIO VCC1 VCC2 J7 12 R41 XC9536-15-VQ44I 13 2 R11 GND1 GND2 GND3 6 X30 0.1uF 4 17 25 5 X10 1uF J1 J1 J1 J1 J1 J1 C143 +5V D 10 1 11 R242 /RES 74AC14 (4) 0.1uF 475 R36 3 NOISE_GND C136 C11 BAT54S D82 2 D86 BAV70LT1 R257 1 D81 1BAT54S C27 10.0K C123 X10 1 X21 X21 X21 X21 X21 X21 X21 X21 10.0K 2 4.75K J7 16 R21 1SMB5930 1.5W 16V Q7 1 D115 (4) FAN_CONTROL 475 1 2 NOISE_GND 15 D18 BAV70LT1 D91 R51 2 3 D85 BAV70LT1 MMBT4401 3 NOISE_GND X2 1 VS1 8 VS2 6 OUTPUT1 7 OUTPUT2 4 GND1 5 GND2 3 NC 2 INPUT MIC4451BM 3 3 3 R40 475 1 4700pF D J6 J6 14 MMBR130LT3MMBR130LT3 100pF 0.1uF 6 11 DATA[0:15] 1 +5V +5V R/W D30 2 1SMB5931 1.5W 18V R258 1 1uF D LE OE' D D D D D D D D D +5V 475 820pF R186 10.0K C22 10.0K 0.1uF R87 10.0K R181 2 4.75K D80 BAT54S (4) J7 13 475 C135 C14 D76 1 Q5 R46 STT_ON C122 C43 10.0K J6 J6 7 D77 R15 120uF 50V C44 NOISE_GND 7 10.0K R185 D31 MMBT4401 3 NOISE_GND D C99 3 VPP (2,4) 8 R88 475 NOISE_GND CAP1 X10 8 R81 C13 J4 4.7uF 35V D114 Return to Master TOC PTC X3 1 VS1 8 VS2 6 OUTPUT1 7 OUTPUT2 4 GND1 5 GND2 3 NC 2 INPUT MIC4451BM MMBR130LT3MMBR130LT3 100pF 16 J6 D C12 1SMB5931 1.5W 18V R259 J7 475 +15V 9 1.00K +15V D83 BAT54S 2 J6 0.1uF MF-R050 C25 10.0K 0.1uF R90 22.1K 0.1uF 1 1.00K 10.0K R8 C110 C120 C108 22uF 20V 1SMB5930 1.5W 16V 2 C119 D15 R47 THERMAL_LED 4.75K Q15 MMBT4403 +5V 22uF 20V 8 0.1uF 2 1 R172 3 MMBT4401 3 R20 NOISE_GND 1 Q6 R171 MC68332 +15V J7 14 10.0K C90 D84 BAV70LT1 100pF 3 (4) 2 74AC573 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 /RES R170 MICRO_CONTROLLER 1 R17 475 D29 C18 10.0K C95 10.0K R200 2 0.1uF 10.0K R199 MISC1 D J7 15 1SMB5931 1.5W 18V (4) 475 0.1uF 10.0K R180 R43 Q4 0.1uF 0.1uF R19 475 J7 5 0.1uF 38 VSTDBY J7 10.0K R164 1 R14 1uF 35V 10.0K MMBT4401 3 NOISE_GND BAV70LT1 D90 Return to Section TOC R10 475 1 R260 Return to Section TOC 1uF 35V VDDSYN 84 VDDE 25 VSSE 26 74AC14 100pF C105 C93 C109 C106 D44 R261 J7 7 +5V +5V X24 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V 10.0K C94 C107 74AC14 2 C15 R18 475 74AC14 4.75K Q1 R255 1K 1 MMBT4401 1 J7 6 R256 1K 2 +5V R16 475 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V R42 MISC0 R9 D9 (4) +15V J7 2 3 74AC14 475 3 BAV70LT1 D89 D24 Return to Master TOC SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #1 4.75K Return to Section TOC G-4 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS 1SMB5931 1.5W 18V Return to Section TOC G-4 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #2 +5V R163 1.00K +15V J4 4.7uF 35V 4 PW1 GREEN X10 74AC14 2 14 C88 C137 0.1uF X30 74AC14 R165 +5VRS232 +5V C91 R166 7 R167 475 J4 2 10 D16 J4 5 +5V A 8 1.00K 150pF GREEN J4 X16 D R132 6 5 OCI2 HCPL-0601 150pF D 13 10uF 16V 1000uF 35V C62 11 D C66 7 R 5 R 10uF+5VRS232 16V 4 VSS VCC 19 C2+ C21 3 MC145407 J2 +5VRS232 X16 14 MC145407 C63 D12 1SMB5920 1.5W 6.2V 16V 2 GRS232 10 MC145407 20 18 C1+ C1- 17 2 GND VDD -10VRS232 X16 +10VRS232 X16 10uF 16V 8 MC145407 C65 A J2 18V 1/2W MMSZ5248BT1 X16 D 4 D52 GRS232 GRS232 TRAN 1W 200 C64 3 D GRS232 1.00K R131 X16 C61 C92 4.7uF 0.1uF MC145407 10uF 6 J4 5 J4 1.00K 16 LED6 GREEN 35V J2 1 FULL DUPLEX RS232 COMMUNICATION LINK GRS232 +15SPI GSPI 2 R134 +15v 2.21K 2.21K D27 4.75K 4.75K NOISE_GND +15v 2.21K 100 4 R12 3 15V 1.5W 1SMB5929 D10 J8 J8 100 C133 0.1uF 1SMB5929 1.5W 15V C134 0.1uF D11 8 +15V 3 S1G D72 STATUSS1G D74 Q2 2N7002 1 1SMB5931 1.5W 18V 2 ADDR1 ADDR2 ADDR3 ADDR4 ADDR5 ADDR6 ADDR7 ADDR8 J7 LED9 GREEN D26 R30 J8 J8 C116 22pF 2 7 NOISE_GND D A D J11 +5CAN X28 TX1 VCC RX1 ALE/AS RX0 RD*/E TX0 MODE0 MODE1 CAN P2.5 P2.4 INT* P2.3 DSACK0* P2.2 RESET* P2.1 CS* P2.0 WRH*/P2.7 CLKOUT INT*/P2.6 RDY/MISO AD0 R/W* AD1 P1.0/AD8 AD2 P1.1/AD9 AD3 AD4/MOSI P1.2/AD10 P1.3/AD11 AD5 AD6/SCLK P1.4/AD12 P1.5/AD13 AD7 P1.6/AD14 XTAL1 P1.7/AD15 XTAL2 VSS1 VSS2 AN82527 25 21 22 26 12 13 14 15 16 17 27 28 7 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 23 GCAN R178 10.0K 1.00K GCAN (1,4) R/W DATA8 DATA9 DATA10 DATA11 DATA12 DATA13 DATA14 DATA15 2 1 2 8 7 6 OCI3 5 Q16 MMBT4403 1 3 4 2 RO VCC 8 OE A 6 DI B 7 RE* GND 5 MAX485 TRANSCEIVER HCPL-0601 221 1 R196 150 J11 BUSS_L GCAN J11 BUSS_H GCAN GCAN 3 3 2 R197 X29 0.1uF R191 R194 475 CLK_8 0.1uF C103 TXA 150 C121 RXA +5V R198 +5CAN +5CAN GCAN D GCAN DATA[0:15] D ISOLATION BARRRIER CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY C118 6 NOISE_GND SYS_RESET CAN_CS ADDR[1:18] -15V +5V INT_CAN 1 5 6 44 30 24 9 29 8 10 11 4 3 2 43 42 41 40 39 18 19 20 3 LED8 HCPL-0601 16.00Mhz 3 (1) (1) (1) Y1 STATUS LED CIRCUITRY R52 D GCAN 3 D R190 R192 J11 1.00K GREEN 2 3 OCI4 5 0.1uF D73 0.1uF 4 R177 1 Q17 MMBT4403 2 S1G 4.7uF 35V 2 7 8 C115 1SMB5931 1.5W 18V Q3 2N7002 1 D C101 1SMB5920 1.5W 6.2V 3 S1G D71 STATUS+ 6 C102 475 0.1uF +5V CONTROL BOARD VOLTAGE SUPPLIES R195 1.00K LED10 RED +5V R193 D62 GSPI C117 J7 1SMB5920 1.5W 6.2V 4 1 J8 J8 +5CAN +5CAN R13 D61 GREEN 1SMB5920 1.5W 6.2V J4 D43 LED4 4.7uF 35V +5V 1SMB5930 1.5W 16V C40 Return to Master TOC 15 MC145407 18V 1/2W MMSZ5248BT1 R82 GREEN 6 3 D +5SPI LED3 8 7 Q13 MMBT4403 GRS232 3 C39 D 22pF CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY GSPI GROUND TIE POINT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING "X" INFO. XM5626 XA Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: DRAWN BY: F.V. ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN APPROVED: SUPERSEDING: EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: NONE INVERTER WELDERS DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.: G 3789-1D0/2 SOLID EDGE THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. EN-170 Return to Master TOC 1 5 OCI1 HCPL-0601 GRS232 NOISE_GND 2 2 3 D58 D46 -5V 1.5W 6.2V 1SMB5920 C16 C45 D13 LED5 4.7uF 35V J4 Return to Section TOC 3 R89 C10 4.7uF 35V Return to Section TOC 1 1.00K 0.1uF R204 10.0K D60 Return to Master TOC -15V 1SMB5920 1.5W 6.2V Return to Section TOC X4 C89 35V 4.7uF MC79L05ABD 2 1 I O 11 12 R MC145407 1 J4 GREEN 1W 200 TP7 4.7uF 35V 9 3 D63 S1G 1SMB5931 1.5W 18V LED2 J2 MMSZ5248BT1 1/2W 18V 2.21K X16 6 2 Q14 MMBT4403 D59 C9 D NOISE_GND R31 R133 8 7 (1) +5V 0.1uF 475 7 X10 +5VRS232 PW2 C42 0.1uF RS232_TXD 1 D1 LED1 (1) 4 1SMB5920 1.5W 6.2V 2.21K C1 D14 9 1SMB5931 1.5W 18V J4 14 RS232_RXD X10 3 +5V R1 MMSZ5248BT1 1/2W 18V 12 D53 J4 +5V 74AC14 Return to Master TOC G-5 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS 74AC14 Return to Section TOC G-5 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO +15V R149 10 3 L G V- PRI_OC (1) (4) DA_CS A D R63 8 7 R67 R62 MC33074AD 100 221 AA=5VA -15V C60 C59 0.1uF 0.1uF C126 330pF -15V 14 C58 2 R123 2 3.32K 4 R129 C37 R78 1.50K 0.1uF A MMBT4401 3 Q18 10.0K 1 7 G R218 2 S1G D70 R56 1.00K D A OVR_CUR 7 I>56A = HI I<56A = LO (1) 8 LT1016 C21 C23 0.1uF 0.1uF 20 18 19 (4) STT CURRENT FLOW V+ V- D A 8 A A C550.1uF -15V D68 S1G A BAT54S D47 3 BAT54S D54 A A 5 X30 9 X30 AD8403ARU10 X6 +15V R60 SECONDARY CURRENT SENSE A CLR_CAP (1) +5VA I_AD 475 11 3 R114 26.7K 26.7K +15V R206 8 +15V 4 1 2 4 9 R121 10.0K 3 +X14 8 X14 10 + 11 MC33074AD MC33074AD C57 11 X31 0.1uF D 8 -15V TURN_OFF_N6 IN2 S 1 A (4) +15V+5VA 5 VL A 4 V+ 7 V3 GND -15V D ADG417D1 TP6 1 R124 R125 100K 150K +5VA 1 R118 +15V 1 R115 D50 3 BAV99 2 100K 4 MC33074AD 6 7 5 +X14 11 R117 150K V_AD A 1.00k 6 A 6.81K +15V 3.32K C28 100K -5V A +5VA 2 1.50K A A C129 4 0.27uF C34 R120 A 1.00K 0.1uF X5 3 L A 4 MC33074AD A R141 X8 5 6 IRF7103 Q11 1 3 R122 0.1uF R130 9 10 + +5VA 2 1.00K R61 R128 3.32K 4.75K 150pF R80 1.50K C38 R76 1.50K C36 150pF C35 R74 1.50K 150pF 150pF Return to Master TOC 5.1V 1/2W MMSZ5231 D36 EN-170 D38 D35 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V Return to Master TOC D37 A 100K D42 3500 VOLTS ON CONNECTOR IDEAL VOLTAGE 2/6/202.6, 70V=0.9V 9 D40 R77 21 1/2W_HV 5.1V 1/2W MMSZ5231 6 5.1V 1/2W MMSZ5231 J9 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V 5 D41 J9 4.75K R210 5.1V 1/2W MMSZ5231 100K R209 1M R212 1/2W_HV MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V 3 R79 D 4 13 12 +X14 11 16 21 1 17 5 9 0.1uFC30 3 MC33074AD D39 J9 -STUP 8 26.7K 1 100K 14 3 15 5 INPUT FROM 2nd LEM R49 2 + 100 D 10.0K I_FLOW_STT -15V 11 5+ X20 6- 4 +15V 24 67 1/2W_HV A0 V+ A1 VEN GND S1A S2A DA S3A S4A S1B S2B DB S3B S4B ADG409 +5VA A R217 R58 22 4 R75 1 16 2 4 5 6 7 13 12 11 10 100K 23 J9 MSEL0 MSEL1 MSELEN 0.1uF R691.00K R72 CURRENT FEEDBACK INTEGRATOR +15V MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V 100K 2 X15 1.00K +15V +15V D67 S1G R127 6.81K +15V 100K R208 R73 +STUP 1/2W_HV VL V+ VGND ADG417D1 D Iout = -Vin*0.99mA 1M R211 J9 -15V R112 A 1.50K 5 4 7 3 47.5K -15V R113 TP5 511 1 0.1uF C52 IN2 S 1 C8 R29 MSEL0 MSEL1 MSELEN 6 SEL_I_ON (4) OP-27 47.5K J9 6 X1 4 A (4) (4) (4) D 8 -15V + C17 820pF BAT54S D34 X13 AD8403ARU10 3 R55 47.5K 47.5K R54 1.00K 74AC14 0.022uF +15V+5VA 8 A R57 74AC14 C7 CURRENT LIMIT CURRENT NODE CONTROL, DISABLE THE FETS AS SOON AS PRIMARY CURRENT IS GREATER THAN A REFERENCE LEVEL R44 1 221 -15V X6 R24 CURRENT TRANSDUCER INPUT = (-VOLTAGE) -15V 1 - R28 2.21K 7 2 2.67K BAV99 D66 511 R25 A R48 1 14 X8 R59 10.0K R23 R27 47.5K 1 CURRENT TRANSDUCER SIGNAL IN 4V = 500A OUTPUT +15V A 16 21 1 17 5 9 A +5V R53 J8 BAT54S D28 X6 AD8403ARU10 R26 10.0K J7 TP3 1.00K R68 4 MC33074AD 6 7 5 + X8 11 10.0K 47.5K R22-15V +15V 11 +15V X32 CLK VDD RS' AGND1 CS' AGND2 SHDN' AGND3 SDI AGND4 SDO DGND AD8403ARU10 +5VA 11 R107 A V_AD 14 15 11 10 12 13 CLK VDD RS' AGND1 CS' AGND2 SHDN' AGND3 SDI AGND4 SDO DGND AD8403ARU10 33.2K 3 R71 1.00K J7 A 4 13 12 + -5V R109 12 820pF R140 0.1uF C1250.1uF A I_AD C19 +5VA MOSI A/D CONVERSION +15V 221 +15V PRIMARY CURRENT SHUTDOWN 0.3 - 0.9A J8 221 R241 10.0K 4.75K X6 C124 TP2 A 8 LT1016 5 6 6 10pF V+ X7 2.21K R207 100K 7 +2.5V VDREF 14 15 11 10 12 13 SCK SYS_RESET POT_CS (1) (1) (3) (1) R45 1 R102 +5VA X6 5 6 C32 2 + +15V 4 2 1 R214 3 +X20 11 1.00K MC33074AD -15V C128 22pF 0.1uF 2 R66 4 R70 1 150pF 20 1 19 3 2 16 17 100K +5VA 10.0K 1.50K C56 D49 3 BAV99 2 0.27uF 7 8 Q11 IRF7103 4 MC33074AD R138 1 X8 475 11 S1G D64 -15V 2 1<GAIN<11 1 R126 1.00K 1.00K 2 3 + A IDEAL V_AD 2.5V = 70 ArcVOLTS A A -15V R119 R116 475 475 VOLTAGE FEEDBACK A THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING "X" INFO. XM5626 XA Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: DRAWN BY: F.V. ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN APPROVED: SUPERSEDING: EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: NONE INVERTER WELDERS DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.: G 3789-1D0/3 SOLID EDGE R152 10 +5VA C51 R216 1 R155 10 3 2 1 /RES (1) +2.5V 18 3 R158 10 R65 33.2K D0 VDD D1 D2 D3 RFB D4 IOUT1 D5 VREF D6 D7 DGND D8 AGND D9 D10 CS' D11 WR' AD7945BRS 10.0K 1 D98 D33 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 R106 1 R161 10 AD_DATA0 AD_DATA1 AD_DATA2 AD_DATA3 AD_DATA4 AD_DATA5 AD_DATA6 AD_DATA7 AD_DATA8 AD_DATA9 AD_DATA10 AD_DATA11 D R103 (4) 1 R148 10 A 23 X12 +5V AD_DATA[0:13] AD_DATA0 AD_DATA1 AD_DATA2 AD_DATA3 AD_DATA4 AD_DATA5 AD_DATA6 AD_DATA7 AD_DATA8 AD_DATA9 AD_DATA10 AD_DATA11 AD_DATA12 AD_DATA13 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 6 5 4 3 2 1 28 DB0 VDD DB1 VREF CONVST' DB2 CS' DB3 RD' DB4 A0 DB5 VA1 DB6 VB1 DB7 VA2 DB8 VB2 DB9 AGND1 DB10 AGND2 DB11 DGND DB12 BUSY DB13 AD7863ARS-2 4 R151 10 C127 R154 10 0.1uF R157 10 SAWTOOTH GENERATOR 22 3 D55 10 R160 PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE BAV99 121K R230 S1G D75 24 +2.5V AD8403ARU10 47.5K +2.5V +5VA D101 C26 A D51 D56 MURS320T3 MURS320T3 MURS320T3 D57 MURS320T3 A -15V (1) (4) 1.00K R231 D D65 S1G MURS320T3 Return to Master TOC R213 1.00K A 24 19 STROBE_AD 8 AD_CS 21 22 20 V_AD 25 26 I_AD 18 17 27 16 7 23 X19 33.2K R233 DZ3 MURS320T3 2 A -15V 100K 1N5358B J10B 3 A X32 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V D69 1N5333B DZ2 X32 100K C140 0.1uF 0.1uF A AD8403ARU10 1 4 C50 22uF 20V C85 1.00K 2 2 C49 0.1uF 10.0K 4.75K R142 2 C80 22uF 20V R139 1 J10A 0.022uF C86 +5V C54 0.1uF R108 (1) 1 R143 A 1 RESET_RAMP C83 R146 4 13 14 12 +X20 MC33074AD 11 0.1uF DZ4 A TP4 +5VA Q12 MMBT4401 3 -9 X20 10 + MC33074AD 11 8 100K 1N5358B 4 1.00K 47.5K R111 1N5333B Return to Section TOC 1 MURS320T3 D100 E1 +5VA R144 TP1 R110 MURS320T3 J10B Return to Section TOC +15V +2.5V D99 2 J10A 0.1uF C82 Return to Master TOC SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #3 DZ1 Return to Section TOC G-6 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS AD8403ARU10 Return to Section TOC G-6 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO 0.1uF +5V AT25128 8 7 6 5 D SCK3 MOSI_B BD ID=03 D 1 0.1uF C84 0.1uF C114 0.1uF C139 2 3 1 BAV99LT1D107 1 2 3 BAV99LT1D106 1 2 3 BAV99LT1D105 8 7 2 3 BAV99LT1D104 9 10 11 12 BAV99LT1D103 1 10.0K R250 10.0K R249 R98 10.0K 10.0K R248 R97 10.0K 10.0K R247 R96 10.0K 10.0K R246 R95 10.0K 10.0K R245 R94 10.0K 10.0K R244 R93 10.0K X33 2 4 D 5 R253 10.0K 6 7 8 9 19 4.75k 4.75k R86 475 D45 +5SPI +15SPI 1 22pF A3 B3 A4 B4 A5 B5 A6 B6 A7 B7 A8 GND D B8 DIR ENABLE VCC DR262 2 18 R223 100 332 17 R224 100 R263 332 16 R240 100 R264 332 15 R226 100 R265 332 14 R227 100 R266 332 R228 100 R267 332 3 4 5 6 9 13 8 J3 J3 J3 J3 J3 J3 J3 J3 12 11 +5V 1 20 0.1uF D D R83 C130 B1 A1 74HC245 A2 B2 C131 R229 10.0K +5V R222 74AC14 (1) 2 3 +5V D R182 (1) 10.0K R243 R92 10.0K 1 3 13 6 (2) (1) 2 3 5 TPU3 TPU2 CLK_8 TPU0 FPGA_RESET 13 (1) 4.75k X10 +5V D 14 DSP_A13 DSP_A14 DSP_A15 FUNCEN TPU6 TPU5 R91 PSW0 PSW1 PSW2 PSW3 PSW4 PSW5 PSW6 PSW7 DSP_A7 DSP_BIO 10.0K (1) 475 7 10 MMSZ5231 1/2W 5.1V GSPI J3 J3 THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 EN-170 14 D AD_DATA13 AD_DATA12 TPU4 TPU1 CAP1 DSP_A4 DSP_A5 DSP_A6 +5V 12 (2) (1) (1) (1) +5V +5V 10 +5V D D R137 +5V (1) (3) 30 31 33 34 38 39 32 40 10.0K R251 113 120 (1) (1) (1) VREFLO VSS_3 VSS_4 VSS_5 VSS_6 VSS_8 VSS_10 VSS_11 VSS_12 TCK TDI TMS TDO EMU0 EMU1/OFF TRST NMI /CS0 /CS1 (1) (1) (1) (1) 15 ADDR11 ADDR12 R/W SPI_CS0 CLK SPI_CS1 ADDR7 ADDR8 ADDR9 ADDR10 ADDR5 ADDR6 DATA2 DATA1 DATA0 IACK ADDR1 ADDR2 ADDR3 ADDR4 DATA10 DATA9 DATA8 DATA7 DATA6 DATA5 DATA4 DATA3 DATA12 DATA11 DATA15 DATA14 DATA13 RMC DSP_CLK FPGA_CS CMP0 /AS /DS VCC2 SGCK1 IO206 IO205 IO204 NC203 NC202 IO201 IO200 IO199 IO198 IO197 IO196 GND195 IO194 IO193 NC192 IO191 IO190 IO189 IO188 IO187 IO186 IO185 IO184 VCC183 GND182 IO181 IO180 IO179 IO178 IO177 IO176 IO175 IO174 NC173 IO172 IO171 GND170 IO169 IO168 IO167 IO166 NC165 IO164 IO163 IO162 IO161 PGCK4 IO159 GND TDO (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) CS' VCC SO HOLD' WP' SCK GND SI (3) X11 D MISO MOSI SCK SPI_CS2 SPI_CS3 OUTPUT_ON DSP_MP DSP_DS DSP_PS DSP_READY X22 TMS320F240 72 OUTPUT_ON 73 74 V_AD 75 76 77 78 79 91 90 89 I_AD 88 83 82 81 80 109 108 107 106 105 102 101 100 STT_ON 99 98 CMP4 97 96 CMP2 95 94 CMP0 43 44 45 48 49 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING "X" INFO. XM5626 XA Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: DRAWN BY: F.V. ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN APPROVED: SUPERSEDING: EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: NONE INVERTER WELDERS DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.: G 3789-1D0/4 SOLID EDGE C48 XILINX XCS20-3PQ208I R173 10.0K 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 120 22 21 119 144 143 141 142 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 113 109 127 31 30 29 121 28 117 118 27 24 23 116 115 114 111 112 110 108 107 106 105 (1) (1,2) C81 1uF 35V D ADCIN0/IO/PA0 ADCIN1/IO/PA1 ADCIN2 ADCIN3 ADCIN4 ADCIN5 ADCIN6 ADCIN7 ADCIN8/IO/PA3 ADCIN9/IO/PA2 ADCIN10 ADCIN11 ADCIN12 ADCIN13 ADCIN14 ADCIN15 TMRCLK/IOPB7 TMDIR/IOPB6 T3PWM/T3CMP/IOPB5 T2PWM/T2CMP/IOPB4 T1PWM/T1CMP/IOPB3 PWM9/CMP9/IOBP2 PWM8/CMP8/IOBP1 PWM7/CMP7/IOPB0 PWM6/CMP6 PWM5/CMP5 PWM4/CMP4 PWM3/CMP3 PWM2/CMP2 PWM1/CMP1 SCIRXD/IO SCITXD/IO SPISIMO/IO SPISOMI/IO SOICLK/IO BAV99LT1D102 10.0K FPGA VCC156 CCLK SGCK4/DOUT DIN IO152 IO151 IO150 IO149 IO148 IO147 IO146 IO145 NC144 GND143 IO142 IO141 NC140 IO139 IO138 IO137 IO136 IO135 IO134 IO133 IO132 GND131 VCC130 IO129 IO128 IO127 IO126 IO125 IO124 IO123 IO122 NC121 IO120 IO119 GND118 IO117 IO116 IO115 IO114 IO113 IO112 NC111 IO110 IO109 PGCK3 IO107 PROGRAM' VCC R201 10.0K 4 R104 0.1uF 3 +5V 0.1uF 16 AD_DATA10 AD_DATA9 AD_DATA8 AD_DATA7 AD_DATA6 AD_DATA5 AD_DATA4 AD_DATA3 AD_DATA2 +5V Return to Master TOC 0.1uF S1 Return to Master TOC DSP_D13 DSP_D12 DSP_D11 AD_DATA11 D C77 C76 C75 0.1uF 1 DSP_A0 DSP_D8 DSP_D9 DSP_D15 DSP_D14 DSP_D10 X18 (3) (3) (1) DSP_D6 DSP_D7 DSP_WE DSP_REN DSP_A2 DSP_A1 10.0K R252 DSP_D5 (1) (1) (1) (3) (3) (1) DSP_D3 DSP_D4 (3) (1) (1) 4.75K (3) (3) (3) R184 1 2 3 4 C78 0.1uF 208 207 163 162 166 203 202 164 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 206 192 176 175 174 184 185 186 187 188 183 182 189 190 191 167 205 204 201 172 173 171 169 170 168 177 178 179 165 180 193 181 161 160 159 158 157 +5V GND1 PGCK1 IO3 IO4 IO5 TDI TCK IO8 IO9 IO10 IO11 NC12 GND13 IO14 IO15 TMS IO17 NC18 IO19 IO20 IO21 IO22 IO23 IO24 GND25 VCC26 IO27 IO28 IO29 IO30 IO31 IO32 NC33 IO34 IO35 IO36 IO37 GND38 NC39 IO40 IO41 IO42 IO43 IO44 IO45 IO46 IO47 IO48 SGCK2 NC1 GND51 MODE VCC53 NC2 PGCK2 HDC IO57 IO58 IO59 LDC IO61 IO62 IO63 IO64 NC65 GND66 IO67 IO68 IO69 IO70 NC71 IO72 IO73 IO74 IO75 IO76 INIT' VCC78 GND79 IO80 IO81 IO82 IO83 IO84 IO85 NC66 IO87 IO88 IO89 IO90 GND91 NC92 IO93 IO94 IO95 IO96 IO97 IO98 IO99 IO100 IO101 SGCK3 GND103 DONE DSP_CLK SCK7 MISO7 SPI_LATCH7 AD_DATA1 AD_DATA0 DSP_A3 DSP_D0 DSP_D1 DSP_D2 (1) (1) (1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 32 17 15 14 12 13 11 10 16 9 18 8 148 20 19 34 35 25 26 36 147 146 123 122 145 33 124 125 126 48 38 39 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 37 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 64 68 63 65 66 69 THERMAL_LED 62 EE_CS 72 MISC1 75 MISC0 71 73 TURN_OFF_N 74 INT_100 76 I_FLOW_STT DISABLE_455 67 70 STT_ON 77 FPGA_BAD 78 79 80 MSEL0 81 MSEL1 82 INT_1_3PH 83 BMISO 87 BSCK 88 SPIMOSI 86 90 SPICS3 84 SPICS2 85 SPICS1 89 SPI_SS 91 92 93 PSW7 94 PSW6 95 PSW5 96 PSW4 97 PSW3 98 PSW2 99 PSW1 100 PSW0 101 MSELEN 102 103 FPGA_DONE 104 R221 10.0K EE_CS MISO3 C79 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 RS PORESET XTAL1/CLKIN XTAL2 ADCSOC/IOPC0 CLKOUT/IOPC1 XF/IOPC2 BIO/IOPC3 CAP1/QEP1/IOPC4 CAP2/QEP2/IOPC5 CAP3/IOPC6 CAP4/IOPC7 DS PS READY MP/MC RESERVED WDDIST SPISTE/IO 20 29 46 59 71 104 0.1uF 0.1uF XINT3/IO C100 0.1uF 121 DVDD_1 85 VREFHI 103 DVDD_2 93 DVDD_3 56 OSCBYP 87 VSSA 86 C96 C98 1uF 35V D AD_CS SEL_I_ON DA_CS SCK3 MOSI_B MISO3 POT_CS FAN_CONTROL FPGA_INT Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC +5V VSS_213 DVDD_6 3 VSS_12 DVDD_8 92 VSS_984 VCCA 8 VSS_13 CVDD_2 761 VSS_760 CVDD_1 BR STRB W/R IS A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 R/W WE C97 1uF 35V 21 DVDD_7 47 DVDD_5 62 DVDD_4 52 PDPINT 53 XINT1 54 XINT2/IO 55 C47 DSP_D0 9 DSP_D1 10 DSP_D2 11 DSP_D3 12 DSP_D4 15 DSP_D5 16 DSP_D6 17 DSP_D7 18 DSP_D8 19 DSP_D9 22 DSP_D10 23 DSP_D11 24 DSP_D12 25 DSP_D13 26 DSP_D14 27 DSP_D15 28 35 DSP_RESET 41 DSP_RESET CLK_8 58 57 63 DSP_CLK64 65 DSP_BIO 66 67 CAP0 68 CAP1 FET_A 69 FET_B 70 DSP_DS 129 DSP_PS 131 36 DSP_READY DSP_MP 37 42 50 VPP 51 2 (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) +5V +5V Return to Section TOC DSP_A13 DSP_A14 DSP_A15 DSP_REN DSP_WE DSP_A0 DSP_A1 DSP_A2 DSP_A3 DSP_A4 DSP_A5 DSP_A6 DSP_A7 5 6 132 130 110 111 112 114 115 116 117 118 119 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 4 1 (3) 0.1uF C138 +5V (1) (1,4) (1) (1) Return to Master TOC SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #4 D Return to Section TOC G-7 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS (3) Return to Section TOC G-7 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC G-8 PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-CONTROL 9 N.J. 9 ITEM PART NO. 1 L11088-D 2 M19436-1 3 S8053-80 4 E2527 5 E3539 6 S24803-1 7 S24804-2 N.J. 9 10 11 10 2 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 N.A. 27 N.J. (6.34) 9 28 Return to Master TOC 29 30 31 32 33 COMPONENT SIDE 51 52 53 54 REFERENCE-DESIGNATOR 3 PLUG, KEYING PLUG 1 BAR CODE LABEL FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRICAL DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS C138 C134 C133 C125 C55 C96 C98 C100 C28 C82 C14 C11 C83 C103 C121 C101 C117 C115 C111 C113 C85 C90 C48 C93 C109 C120 C127 C106 C95 C105 C73 C68 C8 C114 C108 C99 S25020-3SMT 68 SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR C77 C76 C75 C84 C79 C67 C88 C80 C50 C78 C23 C21 C91 C51 C92 C58 C57 C52 C60 C59 C131 C123 C1 S14390-173 2 CAP,1uF,RA,63V,10%,NP C136 C135 C86 C7 S25020-2SMT 2 SCAP,0.022uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%, S25020-10SMT 2 SCAP,4700pF,0805,50V,X7R,10% C44 C69 C118 C116 C128 C130 S25020-5SMT 4 SCAP,22pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR,N S25020-18SMT 1 SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5% C32 C64 C89 C26 C35 C36 C38 C37 S25020-13SMT 7 SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5%,TR, C43 C4 C74 C3 C71 C19 C70 C5 C72 C6 C17 S25020-4SMT 11 SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR, S24833-1 2 CAP,0.27uF,MF,50V,5mm,5%,TR,NP C56 C34 C126 C143 S25020-14SMT 2 SCAP,330pF,100V S25025-5SMT 9 SCAP,4.7uF,7343,35V,10%,TR,NP C12 C102 C1 C9 C10 C39 C40 C16 C61 S25024-2SMT 8 SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP C94 C97 C104 C107 C47 C81 C2 C46 S25024-8SMT 4 SCAP,10uF,TAN,6032,TR,NP C66 C62 C65 C63 S25024-10SMT 4 SCAP,22uF,TAN,7343,25V,10% C119 C110 C49 C54 S13490-179 1 CAP,1000uF,ALU,35V,20%,NP C45 S13490-182 1 SCAP,120MF,25V,20%,RADIAL,AE C13 D68 D67 D4 D3 D75 D63 D64 D65 D70 D72 S25040-2SMT 13 SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS D71 D73 D74 D25 D45 D44 D17 D9 D6 D2 D5 D7 D8 D35 S25046-1SMT 19 SDIO,MMSZ5231BT1,5.1V,NP D36 D38 D37 D42 D41 D40 D39 D69 D62 D61 D60 D13 D12 D1 D46 S25044-9SMT 7 SDIO,1SMB5920BT3,6.2V,NP S25046-3SMT 4 SDIO,MMSZ5248B,18V,ZENER,TR,NP D53 D52 D58 D59 S25044-10SMT 3 SDIO,B5930,16V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N D18 D15 D43 S25044-5SMT 9 SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5% D27 D32 D26 D30 D31 D29 D24 D14 D16 S25044-4SMT 2 SDIO,B5929,15V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N D10 D11 3 1 REQ'D DESCRIPTION 1 DIGITAL CONTROL P.C. BD. BLANK 1 POTTING TRAY 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW 5.0 oz. EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN 0.1 oz. ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND 1 FLASH SOFTWARE 1 CPLD SOFTWARE S24671 E3868-4 N.B. N.D. Return to Section TOC G-8 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS 34 S25040-5SMT 13 SDIO,BAV99LT1,SOT23,DUAL SWITC D66 D50 D33 D49 D19 D78 D79 D102 D103 D104 D105 D106 D107 35 S25049-4SMT 8 SDIO,BAT54S,DUAL,30V,200mA D34 D54 D28 D47 D80 D81 D82 D83 36 S25080-2SMT 8 SLED,GRN,1206,TR,NP LED8 LED1 LED5 LED3 LED2 LED4 LED6 LED9 37 38 39 40 S25080-1SMT S25083-1SMT S25001-4752SMT S25001-2211SMT 2 1 8 8 SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP SIND,FERRITEBEAD,TR,NP SRES,47.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP SRES,2.21K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP 41 S25001-1001SMT 33 SRES,1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0056 42 S25001-1002SMT 57 SRES,10K,MF,1206,1%,1/8W 43 S25001-4750SMT 28 SRES,475,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP 44 S25001-4751SMT 15 SRES,4.75K,1206,1%,1/8W,SM100- R190 R192 R182 R184 R137 R146 R209 R210 R222 R42 R43 R46 R47 R51 R67 45 46 47 48 49 50 S25003-2000SMT S25001-1501SMT S25001-7500SMT S25001-5110SMT S25001-1004SMT S25001-2672SMT 2 7 1 2 2 4 SRES,200,2512,5%,1W,TR,NP SRES,1.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP SRES,750,1206,1%,1/8W,NP SRES,511,MF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR SRES,1M,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0098 SRES,26.7K,THK,1206,1%,1/8W,10 R132 R133 R113 R118 R122 R74 R76 R80 R78 R183 R24 R23 R212 R211 R187 R114 R120 R72 N.F. N.G. N.C. LED7 LED10 E1 R230 R27 R28 R26 R53 R29 R110 R57 R25 R13 R12 R32 R1 R31 R134 R66 R171 R178 R177 R193 R231 R167 R61 R34 R89 R82 R163 R135 R136 R169 R131 R112 R60 R56 R126 R71 R54 R69 R68 R143 R144 R58 R206 R213 R214 R90 R168 R255 R256 R173 R191 R181 R164 R170 R172 R189 R186 R180 R91 R92 R93 R94 R95 R96 R97 R98 R22 R174 R201 R185 R104 R87 R33 R99 R260 R261 R139 R140 R121 R200 R107 R199 R103 R221 R229 R204 R242 R241 R216 R217 R218 R243 R246 R244 R245 R247 R248 R249 R250 R251 R252 R253 R2 R195 R194 R41 R11 R83 R86 R166 R165 R21 R15 R20 R88 R81 R14 R9 R17 R19 R10 R18 R16 R141 R138 R119 R116 R85 R84 R40 R36 S25001-3321SMT S25001-2212SMT S25001-47R5SMT S25001-4753SMT 4 6 2 1 SRES,3.32K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(AM2 SRES,22.1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP SRES,47.5,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP 55 S25001-1003SMT 10 SRES,100K,1206,1%,1/8W,200PPM, 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 S25001-1213SMT S25001-3322SMT S25001-1000SMT S25001-2210SMT S25001-2671SMT S25001-1502SMT S25001-6811SMT S25001-1500SMT 1 3 4 5 1 2 2 2 SRES,121K,1206,MF,1%,1/4W SRES,33.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP SRES,100,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP SRES,221,1206,1%,1/8W,NP SRES,2.67K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP SRES,150K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP SRES,6.81K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP SRES,150,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP 64 S25006-10R0 10 SRES,10, 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 S25050-2SMT S25051-6SMT S25050-1SMT S25051-4SMT S25051-7SMT S24020-4 S24020-6 S24020-2 S18248-10 S18248-16 S24020-16 S24020-12 S24020-8 S20353-4SMT S25065-2SMT S25070-7SMT S15000-28SMT S20353-5 S25082-1SMT S20353-1SMT S25067-3SMT S17900-1SMT S15128-13SMT S15128-18SMT S25069-3SMT S25069-4SMT M15101-14SMT S25068-8SM S25065-3SMT S25057-3SMT M15105-9SMT S15018-21SMT S25067-2SMT S25070-3SMT S25069-2SMT S15128-21SMT S19869-8 S25066-2SMT S25068-7SMT S25070-4SMT S20620-1003 S25040-12SMT S25020-SMT S25000-1000SMT T12702-60 T12702-59 S25049-2SMT S25001-3320SMT S25040-6SMT 5 2 9 2 1 3 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 4 8 5 6 2 2 4 6 6 STRA,2N4403,SO23,TR,(500475),N STRA,IRLR120N,10A,100V,MOSFET, STRA,MMBT4401LT,NPN,SOT-23 STRA,2N7002,TR,NP SICS,IRF7103,NP CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP CON,2P,TIN,MINI,NP CON,10P,MINI,NP CON,16P,MINI,NP CON,16P,TIN,MINI,NP CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP CON,8P,TIN,MINI,NP (or TH600-265) SICS,MAX485ESA,NP SICS,74ACT573,OCTAL,TRANS.,LAT SICS,TMS320F240PQA,NP SICS,HCPL-0601,OPTOCOUPLER SICS,AN82527 SXTL,16MHZ,HC40,20PF,NP SICS,MC145407,RECEIVER/DRVR,RS SICS,ADG417,SPST,CMOS,SWT,SO8 74HC245, NEW PACKAGE SICS,OP-27G,OPAMP,SO8,TR,NP SICS,MC33074,QUAD,OPAMP,SO14,T SICS,28F800B5-90,FLASH RO,90n SICS,128Kx16,20nS,TSOP SICS,MC68332 SICS,MC79L05ABD SICS,74VHC14,NP SICS,AD8403ARU10 SICS,7945 (old package) ICS,MIC4451BM SICS,ADG409BR ICS,XC9536-15 VQ44 SICS,25128,SERIAL EEPR,NP SICS,LT1016,COMPARATOR SWT,78B08S,DIP,SPST,8P,NP SICS,AD7862,DUAL,12BIT,250kSPS SICS,4.6V,2%,VOLT. DETECTOR,SO SICS,XCS20,FPGA RES,100K,AX,5%,1/2W,HI VOLT,TR SDIO,MURS320T3,3A,200V,ULTRAFAS SCAP,100pF,0805,COG,100V,5% SRES,100,0805,1%,1/10W DIO,1N5358B DIO,1N5333B SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTKY SRES,332,1206,1%,1/4W SDIO,BAV70 R123 R128 R129 R179 R37 R38 R35 R203 R8 R39 R3 R2 R100 R55 R111 R49 R108 R115 R124 R142 R208 R207 R106 R70 R63 R65 R233 R62 R44 R52 R30 R59 R48 R102 R197 R45 R109 R117 R125 R127 R130 R196 R198 R151 R154 R157 R160 R148 R161 R158 R155 R152 R149 Q17 Q16 Q15 Q13 Q14 Q9 Q10 Q12 Q4 Q7 Q5 Q6 Q1 Q18 Q19 Q20 Q3 Q2 Q11 J5 J11 J2 J9 J10A J10B J3 J1 J6 J7 J4 J8 X29 X21 X22 OCI1 OCI2 OCI3 OCI4 X28 Y1 X16 X13 X31 X33 X1 X8 X14 X20 X25 X27 X24 X4 X10 X30 X6 X32 X12 X2 X3 X15 X17 X11 X5 X7 S1 X19 X23 X18 R73 R79 R75 R77 D51 D55 D56 D57 D98 D99 D100 D101 C15, C18, C22, C25, C27 R223, R224, R240, R226, R227, R228 DZ3 DZ4 DZ1 DZ2 D76 D77 D114 D115 R262 R263 R264 R265 R266 R267 D84 D85 D86 D89 D90 D91 V (8.09) BUY AS Return to Master TOC L11088-1D0 PART NO. IDENTIFICATION CODE NOTES: N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING. N.B. SECURE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH (ITEM 3) (2 PLACES). N.C. TOP OF THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE FREE OF POTTING MATERIAL. N.D. IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY WITH A PRINTED LABEL PER E3867. N.E. THERE ARE COMPONENTS ON BOTTOM SIDE OF P.C. BOARD. N.F. PROGRAM ITEM 89 WITH ITEM 6. N.G. PROGRAM ITEM 98 WITH ITEM 7. N.J. PLACE CONNECTOR KEYING PLUG (ITEM 9) OVER HEADER PIN, IN LOCATION SHOWN. PLUG SHOULD BE INSERTED BELOW CONNECTOR TOP SURFACE. N.K. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH (ITEM 5) PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. N.L. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH, SUCH THAT ALL COMPONENT LEADS ARE COVERED. CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS INDUCTANCE = HENRIES RESISTANCE = OHMS BUY PER E3867 TEST PER E3856-C UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 NOTE: OTHER COMPONENT SIDE (BACKSIDE) ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A "X" INFO. XM5626 DESIGN INFORMATION DRAWN BY: REFERENCE: F.V. XE-UF ENGINEER: T. O'DONNEL APPROVED: SUPERSEDING: EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: NONE INVERTER WELDERS CONTROL P.C. BOARD AS'BLY DATE: 4-6-99 DRAWING No.: L 11088-1 SOLID EDGE THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. EN-168 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC N.E. Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the machine. V350-PRO G-9 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SCHEMATIC - POWER SUPPLY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD +5V Machine Control Power Supply R50 D18 2 10 11 Vref 1 D3 1A 600V 7 VCC OUT 6 8 VREF VFB 2 RT/CT COMP 1 4 5 CS GND J41 S 10.0 X5 R5 100K 100K IN 3A 600V X8 Return to Master TOC OV1 4 C11 33 25V T1 475 C14 0.1 50V C47 1.0 35V Vfb1 1.21K .33W R52 1.82K 221K 4 C8 820p 50V R39 R12 56.2K 5.62K C45 150p 100V 3W 0.05 C32 10p 100V J41 R11 C7 0.1 50V C6 4.7 35V C42 R13 2700p 50V 10.0K 1 5 8 DZ1 24V 3W R36 30.1 30.1 R35 IN OCI2 2 G C27 C26 1 200V 150p 100V VFB RT/CT COMP 1 GND CS 3 D20 1.0A 30V Vfb2 75K C53 .1 OV2 C4 820p 50V S R31 X4 C2 0.1 50V C3 4.7 35V Overvoltage Shutdown R29 Q2 21A 200V J43 DZ7 18V 3W 3 R38 R28 56.2K 5.62K 1.21K .33W 15Volts, .250Amps 12 SPI C28 10p 100V 249 3W 0.05 J43 R40 3 +t .13 60V D16 16A 200V LED1 2 D13 C36 100 10V C35 100 10V C34 0.1 50V +5Volts, 3 Amps 13 150 .33W 150 .33W 150 .33W SPI Vref 2 332 C33 4.7 35V 5 IN OUT 1A 600V C5 0.1 50V C30 1.0 35V R44 C1 4.7 35V T2 1 GND 150 .33W +5Volts, .100 Amp OCI3 CNY17-3 8 CAN 11 6 +t C17 4.7 35V 9 C18 4.7 35V C21 0.1 50V R19 10 T2 2 .24 2.49K .33W R21 2 4 IN 10 7 +5Volts, .100 Amp 150 .33W T2 8 RS232 C20 4.7 35V C19 4.7 35V C22 0.1 50V R23 C29 1.0 35V R20 .24 GND R25 T2 OUT C16 R22 2700p 50V 10.0K +t D6 1A 600V 2.49K .33W 1 +20Volts .200 Amps Gate Drive 8 X2 TL431 REF 6 R18 X6 1.82K 7 J43 D1 C9 0.1 50V Vfb2 475K C46 150p 100V J43 R24 C10 4.7 35V 4 J43 D12 1A 600V 6 +20Volts .200 Amps Gate Drive J43 5 5 J43 R17 D7 1A 600V 43.2K X7 R42 J43 D15 4 15 44.2K C37 100 10V R43 OV1 T2 Return to Master TOC C23 1.0 35V C25 0.1 50V C24 4.7 35V T2 D17 DZ4 3.3V 3W OUT ADJ 100K C52 150p > 55 VDC D14 D9 1A 600V 6 X3 IN R41 5.62K 5 VREF R32 15.0 R63 gnd_mcps 4 6 2 R33 R1 221K OUT VCC 15.0K R56 R34 8 R30 7 R62 6 Vref 2 C49 .022 D10 D 4 DZ2 27V .5W R45 D25 1 CNY17-3 J42 6 C31 .0015 2000V D23 1.0A 30V 4 J42 gnd_mcps R37 D2 1A 600V 5 J42 2 D8 1A 600V R64 R26 Operation 30-55 VDC 1.00K 1 6 J42 OUT X9 14 +5V 5 1.21K .33W -15Volts, .100Amp ADJ T2 Undervoltage Detect <30VDC R48 C40 1.0 35V R49 C44 0.1 50V C38 4.7 35V T1 OV2 8 X1 TL431 REF GND 1 43.2K J41 DC Input (-) 10.0K Return to Section TOC D21 1.0A 30V 6 3 DZ3 27V .5W Return to Section TOC 6 9 T1 Machine Control Shut Down Capacitor OCI1 CNY17-3 2 R8 6.19K 7 5 1 OUT ADJ R3 +t R15 1 R10 J42 D19 4 R55 .750 Amp D24 DZ8 18V 3W Vfb1 3 +15Volts Q1 21A 200V R14 J41 R16 12 D R61 2 Vref 1 R51 R60 G DC Input (+) 33.2 10.0 10.0 C13 1 200V 33.2 332 R53 R9 D22 1.0A 30V C39 0.1 50V C41 100 10V 3 44.2K 10.0K +5Volts, .750 Amp C43 100 10V T1 R46 10.0K R27 R2 T1 10.0K +t .13 60V LED2 C12 .0015 2000V 10-55 VDC Operation J42 3 6A 200V 47.5 R6 47.5 R7 47.5 47.5 R58 R57 1 D4 6A 200V R4 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC G-9 J43 11 J43 J43 9 J43 1 12 LAST NO. USED R- ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 MFD ( .022/50V CAPACITORS = NOTES : RESISTORS = Ohms ( DIODES = 1A, 400V N.A. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE NUMBER. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) 1/4W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) C- LABELS D- SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT COMMON CONNECTION FRAME CONNECTION EARTH GROUND CONNECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING "X" INFO. XM5626 XB Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: DRAWN BY: JP\TK ENGINEER: APPROVED: SUPERSEDING: EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: NONE Digital Systems Digital Power Supply DATE: 11-30-98 DRAWING No.: G 3631 SOLID EDGE THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. EN-170 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC FILENAME: G3631-2D0 GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO G-10 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-POWER SUPPLY ITEM N.G. 1 PART NUMBER REQ'D. DESCRIPTION REFERENCE DESIGNATOR G3632-D 1 POWER PC BOARD BLANK M19436-3 1 POTTING TRAY S8025-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW 115g (4.1 oz) EPOXY ENCAPSULATIOG RESIN E2527 E2861 AS REQ'D ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS PART NUMBER QTY. DESCRIPTION REFERENCE N/A 1 PCB,MTP,DC POWER ASSY,NP N/A S25001-1821SMT 2 SRES,1.82K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R14 R20 S25001-5621SMT 3 SRES,5.62K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R12 R28 R45 S25001-1002SMT 6 SRES,10K,1206,1%,1/4W,(09X-007 R4 R13 R22 R2 R27 R56 S25001-5622SMT 2 SRES,56.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(500 R38 R39 S25001-1003SMT 3 SRES,100K,TKF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR, R5 R10 R29 S25001-3320SMT 2 SRES,330,1206,5%,1/4W R41 R53 S25001-2490SMT 1 SRES,249,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R33 S25001-2213SMT 2 SRES,221K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R34 R52 S25005-1SMT 2 SRES,0.05,1%,2W,TR,NP R11 R30 S25009-1001SMT 1 SRES,1K,5%,2W,TR,NP R26 S25001-33R2SMT 2 SRES,33.2,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R15 R16 S25001-4322SMT 2 SRES,43.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R18 R49 S25001-4422SMT 2 SRES,44.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R42 R51 S25084-1SMT 1 SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP R50 S25084-2SMT 2 SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP R17 R24 C1 C10 C17 C18 C19 C20 C24 S25024-12SMT 11 SCAP,4.7uF,TAN,35V,20%,TR,NP C33 C38 C3 C6 S25024-2SMT 5 SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP C23 C29 C30 C40 C47 S25020-4SMT 2 SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR, C4 C8 S25020-5SMT 2 SCAP,2700pF,0805,5OV,X7R,5%,TR C16 C42 C2 C5 C7 C9 C14 C21 C22 C25 S25020-3SMT 12 SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR C34 C39 C44 C53 S25020-18SMT 2 SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5%,TR, C28 C32 S25026-1SMT 1 SCAP,33uF,TAN,7343,25V,10%,TR,LOW ESR C11 S25026-2SMT 5 SCAP,100uF,TAN,7343,10V,20%,TR C35 C36 C37 C41 C43 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 ITEM 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 (3.64) Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 DR N.A. (6.14) N.A. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC N.A. N.B. N.B. N.B. N.A. N.A. N.A., N.F. NOTES: N.F. N.E. 45 51 56 N.A. SEE HEAT SINK MOUNTING DETAILS. N.B. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 5 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2 (2 PLACES) WITH ITEM 3 (TOURQUE = 5.3 +/- .05 IN-LB). ITEM 1 SHOULD BE ALLIGNED SO THAT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN ITEM 1's CONNECTORS AND ITEM 2 IS AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE. N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO ALLOF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED. N.E . TIGHTEN TO 6-8 in. lbs. WITHOUT APPLYING ANY PRESSURE TO PLASTIC CASE OF ITEM 51. N.F . PLACE A HEAVY FILM OF ITEM 74 ON HEATSINK SURFACEDO NOT GET ON THREADS. N.G. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND BARCODED SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN AREA SHOWN. S25040-2SMT S25080-1SMT S25040-3SMT S25049-2SMT S25040-13SMT S25044-13SMT S25046-5SMT S25044-12SMT S25044-5SMT S25001-1502SMT S25001-6191SMT S25040-11SMT S15128-10SMT S25071-2SMT S15000-10 S18104-5 S18380-15 S18380-16 T11577-62 S20375-9 S20375-10 T12704-93 S24020-4 S24020-6 S24020-12 N/A N/A S25040-8SMT S20500-4 S25020-2SMT S25020-13SMT S25002-47R5SMT S25000-10R0SMT S25002-30R1SMT S25068-9SMT S15128-6SMT S25068-10SMT S25002-2491SMT S25002-1211SMT S25002-1500SMT S25001-4750SMT N/A S25001-4753SMT S25001-15R0SMT E1868 S25001-7502SMT S25068-1SMT 7 2 2 4 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 8 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 4 4 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 5 1 2 1 2 0.002 1 2 SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS,NP SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP SDIO,MURD620CT,6A,200V,ULTRA-F SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTTK SDIO,MURB1620CT,16A,200V SDIO,1SMB5934BT3,24V,3W SDIO,MMSZ5254BT1,0.5W,27V,5%,T SDIO,1SMB5913BT3,3W,3.3V,5%,TR SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5%,TR, SRES,15K,FXD,1206,1%,1/8W,TR SRES,6.19K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP SDIO,MURS160,1A,600V,FAST RECO SICS,TL4311D,LIN,V-REF,36V,-40 SICS,PWM CONTROLLER,I-MODE,NP TRA,CNY17-3,NP HSS,MTP,VERT MOUNT,TO220,NP RES,THERMISTOR,PTC,POS TEMP,TR RES,THERMISTOR,NTC,NEG TEMP,NP CAP,1uF,PEMF,200V,10%,NP TFM,L-5763-3,FLYBACK,NP TFM,L-5764-3,FLYBACK,NP TRA,BUZ30A,NMF,21A,200V,T0220, CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP SCREW WASHER SDIO,MURS360T3,NP CAP, 1500pF,2000V,MET POLYPROP SCAP,0.022uF,50v, X7R SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5% SRES,47.5,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP SRES,10,TKF,0805,1%,1/10W SRES,30.1,FXD,1210,5%,1/2W,TR STRA,78M15C,DPACK STRA,7815C,DPACK STRA,79M15C,DPACK SRES,2.49K,1210,5%,1/2W,T/R SRES,1.21K,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP SRES,150,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP SRES,475,1206 SHSS,MTP,D2PACK,TO263 SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W SRES,15,1206,1%,1/8W THERMALLOY THERMALCOTE 251 SRES,75K,1206,1% SICS,78M05,DPAK,V-REG D10 D12 D13 D14 D17 D24 D25 LED1 LED2 D4 D18 D20 D21 D22 D23 D16 DZ1 DZ2 DZ3 DZ4 DZ7 DZ8 R1 R3 D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D15 X1 X2 X4 X5 OCI1 OCI2 OCI3 Q1 Q2 HEATSINKS R40 R55 C13 C26 T1 T2 Q1 Q2 J41 J42 J43 N/A N/A D19 C12 31 C49 C27 C45 C46 C52 R6 R7 R57 R58 R9 R60 R61 R35 R36 X3 X8 X9 R19 R23 R46 R48 R37 R25 R44 R62 R63 R64 R8 X8 D16 HEATSINKS R21 R43 R32 Q1 Q2 HEATSINK COMP R31 X6 X7 V CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS INDUCTANCE = HENRIES RESISTANCE = OHMS BUY AS G3632-2D0 IDENTIFICATION CODE PART NO. BUY PER E3867 TEST PER E3856-P HEATSINK MOUNTING DETAIL THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. EN-170 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC 55 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING NOTE: Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A "X" INFO. XM5626 XA XB DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: DRAWN BY: T.K. / F.V . G3632-1C1 ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN SUPERSEDING: APPROVED: INVERTER WELDERS DIGITAL POWER PC BD. ASBLY. EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: NONE DATE: 12-09-99 DRAWING No.: G 3632-2 Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the machine. SOLID EDGE Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC G-10 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-11 SCHEMATIC - SWITCH PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC G-11 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO G-12 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SWITCH ITEM G38301 V35 0 SWITCH R2 R1 J21 N.E., N.F. R127 R126 6 7 B201 R98 1 DZ17 DZ4 R21 C12 EYELET DETAIL DZ9 R93 C15 R44 DZ16 DZ15 R78 C10 2 DZ2 DZ3 D9 B211 R97 N.C. Q2 R87 R59 R45 DZ10 Q3 D1 B217 D16 C21 C4 N.J. (8 PLACES) R81 R80 R66 D20 C31 R35 R60 C7 R51 R34 C1 NON-COMPONENT SIDE R99 R86 R20 4 B207 R41 R43 B218 R85 C29 R77 R75 R63 D8 R40 R42 R15 .275 .285 MAX. .105 CRIMP HEIGHT C14 R73 R84 R62 R76 R64 R74 R120 B208 Return to Master TOC C18 OCI2 X2 R19 C5 R125 T2 T3 5 C23 C13 C20 R5 R128 DZ1 DZ23 R49 R48 R50 R33 R6 R129 A1 R68 X3 C11 C2 D14 A2 C24 R46 R47 R134 R32 R82 B216 B212 R53 B205 B204 DZ12 D12 R69 R70 DZ18 DZ19 DZ13 DZ7 R26 C6 D4 R28 N.D. (16 PLACES) R67 C28 R61 R79 R22 Q5 R52 Q4 Return to Section TOC R92 R107 R14 R13 R3 R4 R65 R72 C32 R39 R38 ∅ R .045 X4 R135 D21 B213 R124 DZ11 R37 C9 OCI3 C3 B203 2 R83 1 R122 DZ22 R123 C22 X1 3 D17 R106 R27 DZ20 R100 DZ5 DZ6 Q1 DZ8 B206 R105 C16 N.B., N.G., N.M. (5 PLACES) B202 R101 1 R133 R130 R29 R8 R9 R131 R58 R30 Return to Master TOC TP1 T1 R138 R137 OCI1 N.L. R140 R139 CR2 CR1 C25 N.H. (2 PLACES) OCI4 N.N. (2 PLACES) D18 N.P. C27 R141 Q6 R109 D19 D7 J20 2 C26 PART NO. IDENTIFICATION 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 9 S20500-4 S13490-130 S20500-7 T11577-57 S13490-93 S16668-7 S20500-1 S16668-6 S16668-5 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX CAPACITOR,PCF,0.27,50V,5% CAPACITOR,PPMF,.047,1600V,BOX,10% CAPACITOR,PEF,0.1,400V,10% CAPACITOR,TAEL,27,35V,10% CAPACITOR,CEMO,820p,50V,5% CAPACITOR,PPMF,0.1,1000V,10%,BOX CAPACITOR,CEMO,4700p,50V,10% CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20% 3 2 4 9 S16668-9 S14293-18 T12705-59 T12199-1 CAPACITOR,CEMO,150p, 100V,5% RELAY,DPST,12VDC,AG-CDO DIODE,AXLDS,3A,600V,UFR DIODE,AXLDS,1A,400V 10 T12702-29 ZENER DIODE, 1W,15V,5% 1N4744A 2 4 1 4 2 1 3 1 1 4 1 16 T12702-4 T12702-40 T12702-19 T12702-45 S24016-8 S24016-4 S15000-22 S15000-29 T12704-75 T12704-73 T12704-69 T14648-5 ZENER DIODE, 1W,20V,5% 1N4747A ZENER DIODE, 1W,6.2V,5% 1N4735A ZENER DIODE, 1W,12V,5% 1N4742A ZENER DIODE, 1W,18V,5% 1N4746A CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,8-PIN CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,4-PIN OPTOCOUPLER,PHOTO-Q,70V,CNY17-3/VDE OPTOCOUPLER,TRIAC,DRV,RANDOM,600V TRANSISTOR,NMF,T247,4A,900V(SS) MOSFET,4-PIN DIP,1A,100V,RFD110(SS) TRANSISTOR,PNP,TO226,0.5A, 40V,2N4403 RESISTOR,WW,5W,3.3K,5%,SQ 4 6 1 1 1 2 1 12 S19400-1503 S19400-3321 S19400-3570 S19400-1500 S19400-4750 S19400-1652 S19400-39R2 S19400-10R0 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150K,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,3.32K,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,357,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,16.5K,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,39.2,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0,1% 4 16 S19400-1000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1% S19400-1003 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100K,1% 4 3 14 S19400-6191 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,6.19K,1% S19400-2213 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,221K,1% S19400-1002 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1% 2 2 2 2 9 S19400-4752 T12300-79 S19400-3322 S19400-2000 S19400-1001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,47.5K ,1% RESISTOR,WW, 1W,1.0,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,33.2K,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,200,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1% 4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 S24376-3 S19400-8251 S19400-2001 S16296-5 S13000-46 M19612 T13640-24 S15161-27 S15128-10 S15128-18 RESISTOR,WW,10W,100,5% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,8.25K,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,2.00K,1% TRIMMER,MT,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEAR TRANSFORMER,PCB; CURRENT-TRANSDUCER,125-TURN MOV,175VRMS,120J,20MM TRIAC,T220,8A,800V VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PRECISION,431I OP-AMP,QUAD, HIGH-PERF,33074 IDENTIFICATION CODE PART NO. NOTES: N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING. N.B. SNAP POWER TERMINALS INTO COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD. N.C. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON BOTH SIDES OF BOARD (WHERE POSSIBLE) WITH SEALANT PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. N.D. INJECT SEALANT ITEM 8 THROUGH THE PC BOARD TO SEAL MODULE LEADS (16 PLACES), AND ALL COMPONENT LEADS ON THE NONO-COMPONENT SIDE OF THE BOARD, THAT ARE COVERED BY MODULE CASE. N.E. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE NON-COMPONENT SIDE AS SHOWN EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING. N.F. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY. NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED. N.G. AFTER SOLDERING, INSPECT POWER TERMINAL CONNECTIONS TO ENSURE SOLDER HAS PROPERLY WET COMPONENT SIDE PAD ON A MINIMUM OF 3 OF THE 4 LEGS OF THE POWER TERMINAL. N.H. BAR MUST BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL ON BOTH SURFACES AROUND MOUNTING HOLES AND ENTIRE LENGTH OF MOUNTING SURFACE. ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL MUST NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE MOUNTING SURFACE PLANE. (2 PLACES) N.J. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL, TOP AND BOTTOM, .80 +/- .05” DIA. N.K. PC BOARD HOLES TO BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL AND SEALANT FOR A DIAMETER OF .50” FOR THE LARGER HOLES, AND .25 FOR THE SMALLER HOLES, BOTH SIDES OF BOARD. (4 PLACES). N.L. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH SEALANT PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. MATERIAL MUST BE APPLIED FROM TOP TO COMPLETELY FILL TO UNDERSIDE OF DEVICE. THEN APPLY SEALANT AROUND BASE OF DEVICE. N.M. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH ITEM 8 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL ON THE TOP SURFACES NOR THE THREADS. N.N. THESE SURFACES MUST BE MAINTAINEDCO-PLANAR WITHIN .010” THROUGH ENTIRE SOLDERING AND SEALING PROCESS. N.P. SEALANT HEIGHT BETWEEN MODULES NOT TO EXCEED .17” MAX. CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS INDUCTANCE = HENRIES RESISTOR = OHMS N.A. ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PART NO. G3831-B M16100-44 S23006 M19612 S24866 T9147-11 T9147-15 E2861 DESCRIPTION P.C. BOARD BLANK ELECTRONIC MODULE (A1, A2) TERMINAL (B211,B218,B204,B205,B209) CURRENT TRANSDUCER (T2, T3) POWER TERMINAL (B201, B208) EYELET-FEMALE EYELET-MALE SEALANT QTY 1 2 5 2 2 8 8 5.0oz MAKE PER E1911 ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 3 COATS TEST PER E3817-SW THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. EN-170 Return to Master TOC G3830-1B1 J22 B209 C30 R142 R143 Return to Section TOC N.K. (4 PLACES) TRI1 R11 Return to Section TOC MANUFACTURED AS: R132 R57 R10 R56 R55 R12 R7 R36 C8 R31 N.K. (4 PLACES) REQ'D C1,C23 C10,C11 C2,C24 C25,C26 C3,C18 C31,C32 C4,C21 C5,C6,C15,C16 C7,C12,C13,C14,C20,C27,C28 C29,C30 C8,C9,C22 CR1,CR2 D1,D4,D16,D17 D7,D8,D9,D12,D14,D18,D19 D20,D21 DZ1,DZ2,DZ3,DZ5,DZ6,DZ15 DZ16,DZ18,DZ19,DZ23 DZ11,DZ22 DZ4,DZ7,DZ17,DZ20 DZ8 DZ9,DZ10,DZ12,DZ13 J20,J21 J22 OCI1,OCI2,OCI3 OCI4 N.A. Q1 N.A. Q2,Q3,Q4,Q5 Q6 R1,R2,R3,R4,R7,R8,R9,R10 R124,R125,R126,R127,R130 R131,R132,R133 R11,R12,R30,R31 R13,R39,R43,R60,R81,R92 R137 R138 R139 R14,R107 R140 R15,R20,R21,R22,R27,R28 R97,R98,R99,R100,R101,R106 R29,R83,R122,R141 R32,R33,R34,R48,R49,R50 R51,R62,R63,R74,R75,R85 R86,R87,R134,R135 R35,R52,R73,R84 R36,R37,R123 R38,R40,R42,R45,R53,R59 R66,R69,R70,R72,R80,R82 R142,R143 R41,R67 R44,R68 R46,R76 R47,R64 R5,R6,R19,R26,R93,R105 R109,R128,R129 R55,R56,R57,R58 R61,R77 R65,R120 R78,R79 T1 T2,T3 TP1 TRI1 X1,X4 X2,X3 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING NOTE: Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A "X" INFO. XM5626 XA DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: DRAWN BY: F.V./JB ENGINEER: APPROVED: SUPERSEDING: EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: FULL INVERTER WELDERS SWITCH P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY DATE:5-11-2000 DRAWING No.: G 3830-1B1 Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the machine. SOLID EDGE Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC G-12 V350-PRO Return to Master TOC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-13 SCHEMATIC - DISPLAY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC G-13 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC G-14 G-14 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-DISPLAY ITEM PART NO. 1 G3656-C DESCRIPTION 2 L11166-1 3 T15176-2 LED, SPACER, 0.140 HIGH 4 4 E3539 ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND .01 oz REFERENCE DESIGNATOR REQ'D DISPLAY PC BOARD BLANK 1 FLEX CIRCUIT 1 FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS N.E. 5 S25020-3SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X 8 C2,C3,C4,C5,C11,C12,C19,C20 6 S25020-9SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,47pF,50V,5%,COG 0 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18 7 S25024-7SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S 1 C1 8 S18248-10 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN 1 J37 X5,X6,X7 N.B. 9 S20496-1SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU 3 N.B. 10 S17900-28SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST 1 X3 N.B. 11 S17900-8SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14 1 X1 N.A. 12 T13657-6 LED,T-1,RED,HLMP-K101 4 LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4 N.A.,N.D. 13 S17395-6 N.A. 14 N.B. 15 S17900-26SMT 16 DISP1,DISP2,DISP3,DISP4 LED,DISPLAY,7-SEGMENT,CC,BRIGHT 8 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC DISP5,DISP6,DISP7,DISP8 LED5,LED6,LED7 IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS) 1 X2 S25000-1001SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1 2 R21,R26 17 S25000-1501SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.50K,1 2 R6,R16 18 S25000-4751SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1 1 R24 19 S25000-10R0SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0OHM 3 R22,R23,R25 20 S25000-1212SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1 6 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14 21 S25000-4752SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1 1 R27 S25000-2670SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS 1 R20 S17900-10SMT 1 X4 22 N.B. 8 3.50 1.90 1.78 12 N.C. IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS INDUCTANCE = HENRIES RESISTANCE = OHMS N.A. .31 23 T13657-12 1 N.A., N.F. 1.45 N.A. .50 NOTES: N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL. .12 0 N.B. 0 .80 GROUND SIDE N.C. USE ITEM 3 TO STAND ITEM 12 FROM THE P.C. BOARD. THERE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN .020 GAP BETWEEN SPACER AND P.C. BOARD OR BETWEEN SPACER AND LED. ENCAPSULATE P.C.BOARD, SPACER AND LOWER HALF OF LED. 6.20 N.A. 6.45 Return to Master TOC CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING. 6.14 3 Return to Section TOC LED,T-1,3/4,YELLOW,HI-INTENSITY 3 N.D. DISP 1 THRU DISP 8 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME. DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY. N.E. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS. N.F. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. 2 BUY AS: ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS) { L11130-2C0 IDENTIFICATION CODE BUY PER E3867 TEST PER E3856-D UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 NOTE: ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING "X" INFO. XM5626 Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: EQUIPMENT TYPE: DRAWN BY: G3443-1B2 SUBJECT: F.V. XD ENGINEER: APPROVED: SUPERSEDING: SCALE: FULL MISCELLANEOUS SPI DISPLAY P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY DATE: 11-19-99 DRAWING No.: L 11130-2 SOLID EDGE THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. EN-168 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC PART NO. Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the machine. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-15 SCHEMATIC -STATUS PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC G-15 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC G-16 G-16 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-STATUS ITEM 1 2 3 4 P.C. BOARD REFERENCE DESIGNATORS REQ'D L11107-B L11166-1 E3165 E3539 1 1 2 .01 oz. DESCRIPTION P.C. BOARD BLANK FLEX ASSEMBLY E3165-.25-.35-1.00 ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS N.C. Return to Master TOC N.A. N.B. N.F. N.B. N.B. 2.78 4.38 6.88 N.B. N.A. N.A. N.B. N.B. 2.30 2.06 N.A. N.A. X4 LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 C12 LED13 LED14 LED15 LED16 J311 J31 R4 C8 S1 R17 C11 1 9 3 4 0 2 1 1 13 T13657-11 14 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 S19400-1002 S19400-1001 S19400-4751 S19400-1212 S19400-1000 S19400-2670 S19400-4750 T13381-16 S17900-8 S17900-26 S17900-28 S17900-10 M15105-7 S20496-1 T13657-11 2 5 2 6 5 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 0 C1 C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12,C27 C7,C9, C26 C10,C21,C22, C25 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18 C23,C24 J31 J311 LED 1,LED 2, LED 3, LED 4, LED 6, LED 7, LED 9, LED 10, LED 11, LED 12, LED 13, LED 14, LED 15, LED 16 R1, R25 R2,R4,R6,R24,R27 R3,R22 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14 R17,R18,R19,R23R26 R20 R21 S1,S2 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6,X7 LED 5, LED 8 CAPACITOR,TAEL,39,20V,10% CAPACITOR,CEMO,0.1, 50V,10% CAPACITOR,TAEL,1.0,35V,10% CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20% CAPACITOR,CEMO,100P, 100V,5% CAPACITOR,TAEL,2.7,50V,10% CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,4-PIN RED LED RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,4.75K,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,12.1K,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,267,1% RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1% SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPST IC,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14A(SS) IC,CMOS,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS) IC,CMOS,HEX,BUFFER,3-STATE,2-BIT,4-BI IC,CMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BIT(SS) IC,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT,(SS) IC,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED, CC,MCU RED LED V BUY AS: LED8 LED7 LED6 LED5 STATUS INPUT L11107-2 S13490-104 S16668-11 S13490-42 S16668-5 S16668-3 S13490-40 S18248-10 S24020-4 C22 C21 R19 R23 R18 C24 C1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS INDUCTANCE = HENRIES RESISTANCE = OHMS R21 C23 C25 R26 R24 R25 LED9 LED10 LED11 LED12 N.C. X5 C26 C2 S2 C10 C5 C13 R22 R14 R9 R2 X6 C3 C4 1.11 C7 R1 X2 C17 C6 X3 R13 R3 C9 R20 R6 X1 R12 X7 R10 C16 C14 R11 C18 R27 C15 C27 Return to Section TOC PART NO. .16 .00 .00 .18 7.58 7.80 3 L11107-2B0 N.D. N.D. { Return to Master TOC 3 IDENTIFICATION CODE PART NO. N.B., N.E. 2 1 NOTES: N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING. N.B. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL. N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS. N.D. INSERT ITEM 3 BETWEEN ROWS OF LED’s. ITEM 3 MUST BE FLUSH WITH LED BULB. N.E. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. N.F. LED 1 THRU LED 16 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME AND VENDOR PART NUMBER. DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS OR VENDOR PART NUMBERS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY. ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS) BUY PER E3867 TEST PER E3856-ST UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 NOTE: ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A "X" INFO. XM5626 DESIGN INFORMATION DRAWN BY: REFERENCE: F.V. XD ENGINEER: APPROVED: SUPERSEDING: EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: NONE MISCELLANEOUS SPI STATUS INPUT P.C. BOARD AS'BLY DATE: 9-30-99 DRAWING No.: L 11107-2 SOLID EDGE THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. EN-168 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC GROUND SIDE Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the machine. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-17 SCHEMATIC - MODE SELECT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC G-17 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC G-18 PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-MODE SELECT ITEM 1 2 3 4 PART NO. L11110-A L11166-1 T15176-1 E3539 REQ'D PC BOARD REFERENCE DESIGNATORS DESCRIPTION 1 1 10 .01 oz. P.C. BOARD BLANK FLEX ASSEMBLY LED SPACER ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS N.C. N.A. N.A. Return to Master TOC N.A. N.A. 6.90 N.D. 1 X2 C6 C2 LED2 R11 R5 S1 S13490-104 S16668-11 S13490-42 S16668-5 S16668-2 S13490-40 S18248-10 T13657-11 S19400-1002 S19400-1001 S19400-4751 S19366-1 S19400-1501 S19400-1212 S19400-1000 S19400-2670 S19400-4750 T13381-17 S17900-8 S17900-26 S17900-28 S17900-10 M15105-7 S20496-1 C31 C25 R19 R27 C23 R18 R25 C29 R23 R21 R3 R24 C10 C32 C30 R16 R15 R26 C28 R14 C18 R10 C14 R13 C17 R17 R2 C22 X5 X1 LED5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 8 2 5 0 4 1 5 1 2 3 2 1 6 7 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C1 C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12 C7,C9 C10,C22,C23,C25,C28 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18 C29,C30,C31,C32 J34 LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4,LED5 R1 R2,R4 R3,R24,R25 R5,R7 R6 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14 R15,R16,R17,R18,R19,R26,R27 R20 R21,R23 S1 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 39/20V 0.1/ 50V 1.0/35V .022/ 50V 47P/100V 2.7/50V HEADER RED LED 10.0K 1/4W 1.00K 1/4W 4.75K 1/4W 10K 1/2W TRIMMER 1.50K 1/4W 12.1K 1/4W 100 1/4W 267 1/4W 475 1/4W PUSHBUTTON SWITCH,SPST IC,HC14A(SS),SCHMITT INVERTER IC,HC151(SS),8-INPUT MULTIPLEXER IC,3-STATE,2-BIT BUFFER IC,PI/SO 8-BIT(SS) SHIFT REGISTER IC,10-BIT (SS) A/D CONVERTER IC,LED DISPLAY DRIVER CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS INDUCTANCE = HENRIES RESISTANCE = OHMS R7 C15 C8 R9 C4 LED4 C13 R1 3 N.B. R12 C1 C11 LED3 C16 C9 X6 C7 MODE SELECT ARB R4 X3 C3 X4 C5 R20 R6 LED1 C12 2.10 J34 Return to Section TOC G-18 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS V BUY AS: L11110-1 0 0 N.A., N.E. N.A. IDENTIFICATION CODE Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC { L11110-1A1 PART NO. GROUND SIDE NOTES: N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL. N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING. 2 N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS. N.D. THERE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN .010 GAP BETWEEN SPACERS, OR BETWEEN SPACER & LED, OR BETWEEN SPACER & P.C. BOARD. ENCAPSULATE P.C. BOARD, SPACERS & LOWER HALF OF LED. N.A. ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS) BUY PER E3867 TEST PER E3856-MS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 NOTE: ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000A "X" INFO. XM5626 DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: EQUIPMENT TYPE: DRAWN BY: M.D. G3443-1B2 ENGINEER: SUPERSEDING: SUBJECT: MISCELLANEOUS SPI MODE SELECT P.C. BD ASSEMBLY SCALE: FULL DATE: 2-23-99 DRAWING No.: XE APPROVED: L 11110-1 SOLID EDGE THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. EN-168 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC N.E. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the machine. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-19 SCHEMATIC - REMOTE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC G-19 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC G-20 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-REMOTE N.G. Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC G-20 N.B. 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 S25001-7500SMT S25000-2213SMT S25000-1001SMT S25000-3570SMT S25000-4752SMT S25003-15R0SMT S25010-2SMT S25010-3SMT 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 6 RESISTOR,SMD,750OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,221K,1% RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,357OHMS RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,15.0OHMS,1% RESISTOR,SMD,MF,121K,1/4W,1%,SURGE RESISTOR,SMD,MF,1W,20.0K,1%,SURGE 45 S25000-4751SMT 11 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1 46 S25000-1002SMT 10 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0K,1 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 S25000-2670SMT S18380-14 S25001-3320SMT S25001-2210SMT S25001-1000SMT S25000-3321SMT S25000-6811SMT 1 5 2 2 2 5 6 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS THERMISTOR,PTC,500OHMS,28mA RESISTOR,SMD,332OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR RESISTOR,SMD,221OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR RESISTOR,SMD,100OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,3.32K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,6.81K,1 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 S25000-6813SMT S25000-9092SMT S25000-2801SMT S25000-1212SMT S25000-2002SMT S25001-6810SMT S25004-2430SMT S17900-8SMT S20496-1SMT S25068-5SMT S15128-10SMT S15018-22SMT S15018-11SMT M15458-4SMT S17900-26SMT S17900-10SMT M15105-7SMT S15128-18SMT S17900-28SMT 2 2 2 6 2 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,681K,1% RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,90.9K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.80K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,20.0K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,681OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR RESISTOR,SMD,1W,243OHMS,1% IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14 IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU IC,SMD,VOLTAGE CONVERTER,SWITCHED-CAP IC,SMD,VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PECISION,431I IC,SMD,ARRAY,CLAMPING,HEX,SOIC-8 IC,SMD,CMOS,SWITCH,ANALOG,QUAD,201(SS IC,PWM-CONTROLLER,I-MODE,2842A, SOICIC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS) IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI IC,SMD,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT IC,OP-AMP,SMT,QUAD,HIGH-PERF,33074D IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST R135 R138 R139 R140 R141 R142,R143,R144 R15,R16 R17,R18,R76,R80,R119, R120 R2,R3,R4,R5,R6,R7,R28, R29, R39,R40,R116 R26,R27,R32,R33,R34, R35,R36,R37,R38,R145 R41 R42,R43,R44,R64,R65 R46,R47 R48,R49 R51,R52 R55,R56,R57,R126,R127 R62,R63,R128,R129, R130,R131 R66,R67 R68,R69 R70,R71 R8,R9,R10,R11,R12,R13 R82,R85 R86 R91,R92,R93,R99,R107 X1 X10 X11 X12 X14 X15 X16 X2 X3,X4 X5 X6,X7 X8 ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 PART NO. G3709-A M19436-4 S8025-80 L11166-1 E2527 E3539 REFERENCE DESIGNATOR REQ'D 1 1 2 1 DESCRIPTION P.C. BOARD BLANK POTTING TRAY SELF TAPPING SCREW FLEX CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 66.7g ( 2.19 oz ) EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN .57g (.02 oz ) ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS N.F. 7 S25020-3SMT 38 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X 8 S25020-12SMT 0 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,100pF,100V,5%,C 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 S25020-5SMT S13490-184 S25020-7SMT S25024-2SMT S25024-5SMT S25024-9SMT S25024-7SMT S25020-6SMT S25020-2SMT S25040-1SMT S25049-2SMT S25040-5SMT S25040-2SMT S25044-1SMT S25046-4SMT S25044-4SMT S25044-6SMT S25044-3SMT S18248-10 S24020-12 S15000-25SMT S25050-1SMT S25050-2SMT S25051-2SMT S25000-2431SMT S25000-2211SMT S25000-3322SMT S25003-2211SMT 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 3 4 3 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 2 1 3 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,2700pF,50V,5%,X CAPACITOR,ALEL,330,100V,20% CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.22MF,50V,20%, CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,1.0MF,35V,10%, CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,4.7MF,35V,10%, CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,100MF,20V,20%, CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,4700pF,50V,5%, CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.022MF,50V,10% DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,FAST RECOVERY,DO-21 DIODE,SMD,1A,30V,SMA,SCHOTTKY DIODE,SMD,DUAL,0.200A,70V,UFR DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,DO-214BA/AC ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,5.1V,5%, SMB ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,12V,5%,SOD-123 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,15V,5%, SMB ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,27V,5%, SMB ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,12V,5%, SMB CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,12-PIN,TIN OPTOCOUPLER,SSR,FORM:1A+1B,0.17A,8-PI TRANSISTOR,SMD,NPN,0.5A,40V,SOT-23,MM TRANSISTOR,SMS,PNP,SOT23,0.5A, 40V,MM TRANSISTOR,SMD,NMF,D2PAK,18A,200V,IRF RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.43K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.21K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,33.2K,1 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,2.21K,1% C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C9, C10,C11,C12,C13,C14, C15,C16,C17,C18,C19, C20,C21,C22,C47,C48, C49,C50,C51,C52,C53, C54,C55,C56,C57,C58, C59,C60,C61,C62,C65, C66, C23,C24,C25,C26,C27, C29 C30,C32 C34 C35,C36 C37 C40 C41 C42,C46 C63 C64 D20 D21 D24,D25,D26 D3,D6,D7,D19 DZ1,DZ2,DZ3 DZ10 DZ11 DZ12 DZ6,DZ7,DZ8,DZ9 J33 J331 OCI1 Q2,Q3,Q4,Q7 Q6 Q8 R1 R113,R121 R115 R132,R133,R134 CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS INDUCTANCE = HENRIES RESISTANCE = OHMS V SHIELD SIDE NOTES: N.A. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 6 PRIOR Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC TO ENCAPSULATION. 4 N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING. N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2 WITH ITEM 3. TIGHTEN ITEM 3 TO .60 + .05Nm (5.3 + .5 IN-LBS). N.A. N.E. N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO ALL N.E. 1 OF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED. BUY AS: N.G. N.E. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND BARCODED SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN AREA SHOWN. N.F. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS. 3 N.C. L11109-1A1 { 2.09 N.G. THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE COMPLETELY COVERED WITH ITEM 5. 2 BUY PER E3867 PART NO. TEST PER E3856-RM 6.59 N.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 Chg. Sheet No. ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 6-2-2000A ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 NOTE: ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING "X" INFO. XM5626 DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE: DRAWN BY: G3443-1B2 M.D. XC-UF ENGINEER: APPROVED: INVERTER WELDERS EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SUPERSEDING: SCALE: FULL SPI REMOTE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY DATE: 3-3-99 DRAWING No.: L 11109-1 SOLID EDGE THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. 3 EN-168 Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC IDENTIFICATION CODE Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the machine. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC G-21 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SCHEMATIC-SNUBBER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC G-21 6-2-2000 S24761 NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC Return to Section TOC G-22 G-22 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SNUBBER ITEM C1,C2,C3,C4 R1,R3 R2,R4 1 REQ'D 4 2 2 PART NO. DESCRIPTION S20500-4 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX T14648-20 RESISTOR,WW,5W,150,5%,SQ T14648-25 RESISTOR,WW,5W,10,5%,SQ Return to Master TOC 2.90 +.04 3 ITEM 1 2 3 4 2 4 C3 RW5F M195321 BOXCP4 C1 BOXCP4 T14710 RW5F 1.92 1 R3 R1 1 QC1 6 R .045 Return to Master TOC 2 T14710 RW5F .105 CRIMP HEIGHT R4 B30 QTY 1 1 4 4 NOTES: N.A. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE COPPER SIDE AS SHOWN EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING. N.B. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY. NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED. EYELET DETAIL MANUFACTURED AS: 0 0 .60 1.75 2.90 M19532-1A0 MAKE PER E1911 ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 2 COATS TEST PER E3817-SN 3.50 +.04 IDENTIFICATION CODE EN-166 ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING NOTE: Chg. Sheet No. 6-2-2000 "X" INFO. XM5626 XC-UF DESIGN INFORMATION DRAWN BY: ENGINEER: APPROVED: REFERENCE: F.V. SUPERSEDING: EQUIPMENT TYPE: SUBJECT: SCALE: NONE INVERTER WELDERS SNUBBER P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY DATE: 10-6-99 DRAWING No.: M 19532-1 Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is provided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the machine. SOLID EDGE THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 Return to Master TOC DESCRIPTION P.C. BOARD BLANK TAB TERMINAL EYELET-FEMALE EYELET-MALE COPPER SIDE B40 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Return to Section TOC .275 .285 1 T14710 RW5F B20 1 T14710 SNUBBER .55 R2 ∅ MAX. C4 BOXCP4 2 Return to Section TOC 2 BOXCP4 C2 PART NO. M19532-A T13157-16 T9147-11 T9147-15 B10 B1 2 Return to Section TOC N.A., N.B. V350-PRO Return to Master TOC SVM ERROR REPORTING FORM We need to know if there are errors in our manuals. We also value any suggestions as to additional tests or procedures that would make this SVM a better tool for you. If you discover new or different “Problems or Symptoms” that are not covered in the three column troubleshooting chart, please share this information with us. Please include the machine’s code number and how the problem was resolved. Return to Master TOC Thank You, Technical Services Group Lincoln Electric Co. 22801 ST. Clair Ave. Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199 FAX 216-481-2309 SVM Number ___________________________ Page Number if necessary__________________ Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Your Company__________________________ Your Name_____________________________ Please give detailed description below: ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ SD287 01/99